+ All Categories
Home > Documents > allscripts certified workflows

allscripts certified workflows

Date post: 03-Jan-2016
Category:
Upload: lea-earnst
View: 116 times
Download: 1 times
Share this document with a friend
Description:
allscripts certified workflows
Popular Tags:
236
Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows v. 11.1.x www.allscripts.com Copyright ©2009 Allscripts-Misys
Transcript
Page 1: allscripts certified workflows

Allscripts Enterprise EHR

Certified Workflows v. 11.1.x

www.allscripts.com Copyright ©2009 Allscripts-Misys

Page 2: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 2 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Copyright © 2009 Allscripts-Misys Healthcare Solutions, Inc.

This document is the confidential property of Allscripts-Misys Healthcare Solutions, Inc. It is furnished under an agreement with Allscripts-Misys Healthcare Solutions, Inc. and may only be used in accordance with the terms of that agreement. The use of this document is restricted to customers of Allscripts-Misys Healthcare Solutions, Inc. and their employees. The user of this document agrees to protect the Allscripts-Misys Healthcare Solutions, Inc. proprietary rights as expressed herein. The user further agrees not to permit access to this document by any person for any purpose other than as an aid in the use of the associated system. In no case will this document be examined for the purpose of copying any portion of the system described herein or to design another system to accomplish similar results. This document or portions of it may not be copied without written permission from Allscripts-Misys Healthcare Solutions, Inc. The information in this document is subject to change without notice.

The names and associated patient data used in this documentation are fictional and do not represent any real person living or otherwise. Any similarities to actual people are coincidental.

CPT copyright 2008 American Medical Association. All rights reserved.

Fee schedules, relative value units, conversion factors and/or related components are not assigned by the AMA, are not part of CPT, and the AMA is not recommending their use. The AMA does not directly or indirectly practice medicine or dispense medical services. The AMA assumes no liability for data contained or not contained herein.

CPT is a registered trademark of the American Medical Association.

International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD) is copyright 2009 World Health Organization (WHO).

Microsoft® Excel and Microsoft® Word are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.

Page 3: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 3 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Page 4: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 4 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Table of Contents Certified Workflows Overview ............................................................................................................. 8 (A) Appointment Scheduling................................................................................................................ 9 (B) Appointment Preparation............................................................................................................. 11 (C) Appointment Check-In................................................................................................................. 13 (D) Patient Visit Overview ................................................................................................................. 15 (E) Intake Introduction....................................................................................................................... 18 (E1) Intake Process – Basic .............................................................................................................. 20 (E2) Intake Process – Detailed.......................................................................................................... 24 (E3) Intake Process – With Order ..................................................................................................... 29 (F) Retrieve Introduction.................................................................................................................... 34

Adult Patient View – Clinical Desktop View:.............................................................................. 35 Pediatric Patient View – Clinical Desktop View:........................................................................ 36 Pediatric Patient View: .............................................................................................................. 37

(F1) Chart Review – Basic ................................................................................................................ 38 (F2) Chart Review – Detailed ............................................................................................................ 41 (G) Document Introduction ................................................................................................................ 44

Utilizing Structured Notes – General Note Concepts ................................................................ 45 Patient Education Materials – Print Actions .............................................................................. 47

(G1) Note: Acute Visit ....................................................................................................................... 52 (G2) Note: New or Chronic Visit ........................................................................................................ 57 (G3) Note: Procedure Visit ................................................................................................................ 62 (G4) Note: Health Maintenance......................................................................................................... 66 (G5) Note: Results Review................................................................................................................ 70 (G6) Dictation .................................................................................................................................... 73 (G7) Admin Forms............................................................................................................................. 76 (H) Order and Plan Introduction ........................................................................................................ 78 (H1) Ad Hoc Prescription................................................................................................................... 80 (H2) Meds Management.................................................................................................................... 86 (H3) Med Administration.................................................................................................................... 90 (H4) Immunizations ........................................................................................................................... 94 (H5) Future Orders............................................................................................................................ 97 (H6) Ad Hoc Diagnostic Orders....................................................................................................... 101 (H7) Follow-up or Referral Orders................................................................................................... 105 (H8) Instructions/Supplies Orders ................................................................................................... 108 (H9) Order Reminders..................................................................................................................... 111 (H10) QuickSets.............................................................................................................................. 114 (H11) CareGuides ........................................................................................................................... 117 (J) Finalize and Charge Introduction ............................................................................................... 120 (J1) Basic Ambulatory Charges....................................................................................................... 122

Page 5: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 5 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(J2) Charging from Note.................................................................................................................. 127 (J3) Charging for Orders ................................................................................................................. 130 (J4) Charging for Administrations.................................................................................................... 133 (J5) Review Encounter Charges ..................................................................................................... 135 (K) Follow-Up and Checkout Introduction ....................................................................................... 138 (K1) Scheduling Order Appointments.............................................................................................. 139 (K2) Referral Appointments............................................................................................................. 142 (L) Renewal Management Introduction ........................................................................................... 146 (L1) Prescription Renewals ............................................................................................................. 148 (L2) Surescripts Renewals .............................................................................................................. 156 (M) Document Management Introduction........................................................................................ 159 (M1) Inbound Transcription ............................................................................................................. 161 (M2) Transcription with Dual Signature ........................................................................................... 165 (M3) Document Reconciliation ........................................................................................................ 169 (N) Transcribe Introduction.............................................................................................................. 172 (N1) Transcribe Basics.................................................................................................................... 173 (P) Scanning Introduction................................................................................................................ 177

Active Chart Scanning Strategies ........................................................................................... 178 Scanning Correspondence Approach ..................................................................................... 179 Lessons Learned Statements from Allscripts Clients .............................................................. 179

(P1) Scanning Active Charts ........................................................................................................... 181 Certified Workflow Tips ........................................................................................................... 184

(P2) Scanning Correspondence ...................................................................................................... 186 (Q) Miscellaneous Introduction........................................................................................................ 190 (Q1) Call Processing ....................................................................................................................... 192 (Q2) Tracking Overdue Orders........................................................................................................ 197 (Q3) Financial Authorization............................................................................................................ 200 (R) Results Introduction................................................................................................................... 204 (R1) Entry of Paper Results ............................................................................................................ 206 (R2) In-House Testing..................................................................................................................... 210 (R3) Results Verification.................................................................................................................. 213 (R4) Results Referral ...................................................................................................................... 222 (R5) Results Communication .......................................................................................................... 225 (S) Inpatient Introduction................................................................................................................. 230 (S1) Inpatient Charges .................................................................................................................... 232

Page 6: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 6 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Certified Workflows

This Certified Workflows guide contains all of the Certified Workflows for Allscripts Enterprise EHR Version 11.1. Each of these workflows is discussed in detail in the following sections.

The following are overview road maps of the Patient Visit Workflows, Non-Patient Visit Workflows, and the Inpatient Visit Workflows.

Figure 1 Patient Visit Workflows Road Map

Page 7: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 7 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Figure 2 Non-Patient Visit Workflows Road Map

Figure 3 Inpatient Visit Workflows Road Map

Page 8: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 8 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Certified Workflows Overview The Certified Workflows consist of the following items:

▪ High-level Road Maps = 3 ▪ Overview Workflow = 1 ▪ Introductions = 13 ▪ Workflows = 50

The Overview Workflow (Patient Visit – D) is a high-level overview of the entire patient visit and is designed to provide the “big” picture of the overall steps involved in the process. It provides a break-out of each “work lane” (also referred to as a “swim lane”) to assist in breaking out the work into more easily understood sections (workflows). The Overview Workflow (D) can be used to achieve an “end-to-end” understanding, but the details behind each step are contained in the subsequent 50 workflows.

The 13 Workflow Introductions (E, F, G, H, and so on) include a summary of the particular “work lane,” a VISIO diagram, and information concerning the terminology or concepts being utilized. The Workflow Introductions contains a series of questions/decisions and acts as a guideline for which specific workflow path to follow.

Each Workflow section of this document (E1, E2, and so on) contains the detail steps to complete the workflow. Each workflow has a VISIO diagram with the corresponding summary and detailed steps. The user role is defined for each process step. Each workflow has been validated by Allscripts employees and clinical consultants.

These Certified Workflows and the “Pre-Configuration” go “hand-in-hand.” Pre-configuration is configuring the software in such a manner so that you can log into the Allscripts Enterprise EHR software and perform any of the 50 Certified Workflows without being stopped because, for example, you have not yet built the correct enterprise task views, Worklist views, or set the system preferences and so on. The Pre-configuration “Gold” database contains all of these items already configured to enable the Certified Workflows. One of the primary purposes of the Pre-Configuration is to support the Certified Workflows.

Page 9: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 9 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(A) Appointment Scheduling The first step of a patient visit is the scheduling of the appointment. The purpose of the following Appointment Scheduling workflow is to achieve a basic understanding of the data flow at the time of first contact with the patient and the impact to Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

Figure 4 (A) Appointment Scheduling

(2)Is appointment for

a new patient?

(4)Staff schedules

appointment in PMS & populates

Comments with reason for visit

(3)Staff creates New Patient in practice

management system (PMS)

(1)Patient requests

appointment

(5)Patient demographic

& scheduling info sent to TouchWorks

A

B

Yes

No

To schedule a patient appointment, do the following:

1) The start of a patient visit begins with the patient requesting an appointment from your front desk, scheduling line, or another role in your organization that handles patient appointments.

2) Is the appointment for a new patient? The amount and type of information you need to obtain from the patient depends on whether the individual is an established patient or a new patient.

3) If the patient is a new patient, then you typically collect a certain set of basic demographic information from the patient and enter it into the Practice Management System (PMS).

If a “mini registration (reg)” is done at this time and a temporary medical record number is utilized, verify this number will be handled correctly in your registration/scheduling interface.

4) If the patient is an established patient, or once the demographic information is collected for a new patient, you then schedule the appointment in the Practice Management System and add comments regarding the reason for the visit.

Page 10: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 10 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

5) The registration and scheduling information is then sent via an interface to Allscripts Enterprise EHR. This enables all Allscripts Enterprise EHR users to monitor their schedules directly from Allscripts Enterprise EHR without having to switch to the Practice Management System.

It is important to understand what patient demographic data interfaces with Allscripts Enterprise EHR from the Practice Management System.

6) Once the patient appointment is scheduled, the next step within the patient visit is appointment preparation. Proceed to workflow (B) Appointment Preparation for the Certified Workflow steps.

Page 11: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 11 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(B) Appointment Preparation After scheduling the appointment, the second step to prepare for the patient visit is typically the preparation of the paper chart. Your organization’s use of the Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan module for scanning paper charts into the electronic health record will impact this workflow step. Your organization will go through two phases for this process. The first phase is the transition of having paper charts and scanning in active (historical) chart information. The second phase occurs when all paper charts have been scanned and you no longer have to consider them in your workflow.

Your organization can select from among several strategies to complete the scanning of active (historical) paper charts. Please refer to the (P) Scanning Introduction chapter for additional details.

Figure 5 (B) Appointment Preparation

(1)Is appointment for

new patient?B

A

C

P1

Yes

(4)Medical Records

scans patient information prior to

visit

(3)Existing patient have a paper

chart?

No Yes

No

(2)Medical Records

prepares new patient packet

Page 12: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 12 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

To prepare for a patient appointment, do the following:

1) The first step of the appointment preparation process is to determine if the appointment is for a new or an established patient. If the patient is new and your organization is scanning, no paper chart will currently exist and typically one will not be created.

2) If the appointment is for a new patient, a patient packet is usually prepared for the patient to fill out upon check-in per the organization’s protocol. This could include demographic, insurance or Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) forms, patient medical history information, and so on. This information is typically prepared by either the Medical Records or Front Desk roles.

3) If the appointment is for an existing patient, it is important to understand whether a paper chart exists. If a paper chart does not exist or has already been scanned, no work to pull the chart is needed.

Many organizations use a field within their Practice Management System or a chart tracking system as a method to track whether a paper chart has been scanned. This makes it easy for staff to quickly know if they need to pull a chart for the visit.

4) If a paper chart exists, your organization’s scanning procedure will impact this workflow in terms of timing. Allscripts recommends that the scanning of paper charts be done optimally at least 2 weeks prior to the patient visit if possible. This ensures that needed documentation is available for the visit within the system. Please refer to workflow (P1) Scanning Active Charts for the Certified Workflow steps.

5) Once the necessary information is prepared for the patient appointment, the next step within the patient visit is appointment check-in. Proceed to workflow (C) Appointment Check-In for the Certified Workflow steps.

Page 13: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 13 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(C) Appointment Check-In The day of the appointment arrives and the patient comes to the clinic. The purpose of the following Appointment Check-In workflow is to achieve a basic understanding of when the patient checks-in for the visit and the impact of that process for the Front Desk and the data sent to Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

Figure 6 (C) Appointment Check-In

To prepare for a patient check-in, do the following:

1) The patient typically registers at the front desk, a defined check-in area, or at a reception area.

2) The data collection process may differ depending on whether the patient is a new or an established patient.

3) If the patient is new, the patient is given the new patient packet to complete.

4) Front Desk updates the required information in the Practice Management System. If a “mini registration” was done at the time the appointment was made, this step may also include assigning a permanent medical record number to the patient.

It is important to validate the change from a “mini reg” to a permanent medical record in your registration/schedule interface.

5) For an established patient, the Front Desk verifies demographic and insurance information, and updates as needed.

Patient updates should be entered immediately into the Practice Management System to allow for accurate and timely data flow into Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

6) The final step is to change the appointment status in the Practice Management System to “Arrived.”

Page 14: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 14 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

7) The patient demographic and insurance data entered in the Practice Management System is sent via the registration/scheduling interface to Allscripts Enterprise EHR. This includes the updated appointment status and comments, which enables the clinical staff to see when patients have arrived and why they are coming in.

8) Front Desk scans documents as appropriate. This may include the new patient packet, patient’s insurance card or driver’s license, and so on. Your organization needs to consider all instances where “loose” correspondence is received and has to be scanned into the electronic health record. Please refer to workflow (P2) Scanning Correspondence for the Certified Workflow steps.

9) Front Desk updates the patient location and status. To set the patient location and status, follow these steps:

a) Front Desk should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart menu, the daily Schedule tab should be active. Make sure the appropriate schedule is displaying. Adjust the provider or date where appropriate.

c) Review the schedule and single-click on the desired patient. The Clinical Toolbar enables.

d) From the Clinical Toolbar, click the Patient Location drop-down list. A list of available locations displays.

e) Select the appropriate location.

f) To set the status, click the Status drop-down list. A list of available statuses displays.

g) Select the appropriate status.

10) Staff uses Allscripts Enterprise EHR to monitor the arrival status of patients on their schedule.

11) Once the patient is checked-in, proceed to workflow (D) Patient Visit Overview to review the high-level Certified Workflow steps for the entire patient visit.

Page 15: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 15 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(D) Patient Visit Overview The purpose of the following Patient Visit Overview workflow is to achieve a high-level understanding of the steps involved in the overall patient visit process including the steps performed by the nurse and provider during a typical visit. See the corresponding workflows as indicated in the following diagram, for more detailed instructions concerning each process.

Figure 7 (D) Patient Visit Overview

D: Patient Visit Overview

Fo

llow

-up

&

Che

ckou

tR

etr

ieve

Doc

ume

ntO

rder

& P

lan

Fin

aliz

e &

C

harg

eIn

take

D

(1)Clinical Staff escorts patient to exam area

to begin intake process

(4)Provider begins

patient visit

(5)Provider completes

review of patient data

(7)Provider completes all note sections as

appropriate for encounter

(9)Provider creates

order

(8)Does an order

need to be created?

(12)Provider signs Note

Output(s)

(11)Provider reviews Note Output(s)

(13)Provider reviews & submits charges

(14)Provider updates Patient Status, if

needed

(15)Clinical Staff

completes required patient follow-up as

appropriate

(16)Patient checks out End

Yes

(6)Provider goes to

note, updating chief complaint as needed

(10)Provider completes

plan

E

(2)Clinical Staff

completes intake process

(3)Clinical Staff sets

exam room indicator, patient ready for

provider

F

G

C

H

K

JNo

Page 16: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 16 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Patient Visit Overview:

1) The first step of the patient visit process is for the clinical staff to bring the patient back from the waiting area to the exam area to begin the patient intake process. Typically, the staff monitors the Schedule screen in Allscripts Enterprise EHR and is notified the patient is there when the status of the appointment is updated to “Arrived.” Regardless of the physical location, a PC, Tablet PC, or other means of data entry should be available.

The patient’s arrival status must be updated in the Practice Management System before the encounter documentation can be started.

2) The intake process is usually done either outside the exam room at a pre-determined “vitals” area or in the exam room itself. Either way, the exact order of when the staff takes vital signs vs. collecting current medications or the chief complaint is determined by the physical location of the patient, taking into consideration HIPAA regulations and discussions with the patient that must be kept private. Follow the collection of (E) Intake Process workflows for the Certified Workflow steps depending on the type of visit.

3) The final step prior to the clinical staff transitioning the patient to the provider is to indicate that the patient is ready for the provider. You can do this using the Patient Location and Status fields in Allscripts Enterprise EHR or using a visual exam room indicator such as lights, flags, or a card system. Your organization could choose to continue using a visual indictor or simply switch to using the electronic equivalent by utilizing the Patient Location and Status fields. An additional option is to use both methods.

4) The provider is now ready to begin the visit.

5) As the provider begins the patient visit, they usually review the chart prior to entering the exam room. The device in use (Tablet PC, PC, laptop, and so on) typically determines the location of this review. This review, prior to engaging the patient, is to familiarize themselves with the details regarding the patient. This data could include prior medical records for a new patient, results, orders, prescriptions, and so on. Allscripts Enterprise EHR has many components located on the Clinical Desktop to help facilitate this type of clinical “retrieval” of information. Follow the collection of (F) Retrieve workflows for the Certified Workflow steps.

6) Once the provider completes the clinical review and begins the patient visit, they either begin the note or go to a note if one was started by the clinical staff.

7) Once the note is opened, the note sections and note forms defined for the visit type selected will automatically compile based on administrative defaults and setup. Follow the collection of (G) Document workflows for the Certified Workflow steps on documenting the patient visit. The documentation process changes depending on the type of visit, such as an acute or chronic visit, a procedure visit, an HMP visit, or a visit that includes dictation, and so on.

8) During the visit, the provider determines if an order needs to be placed. If no order is necessary, the provider may want to document what was discussed within the Discussion/Summary section of the note.

9) If an order needs to be created, the provider creates the desired order, which is typically done by order type such as a prescription, laboratory, radiology, supply, follow-up appointment, referral, immunization, or a request for an administration. Follow the collection of (H) Order and Plan workflows for the Certified Workflow steps. These workflows contain certified steps for creating both ad hoc and problem-based orders.

Page 17: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 17 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

10) Documenting the plan is part of ordering and typically involves all the orders that make up the patient “Careplan” for the assessed problem(s).

11) Prior to signing the note, the provider makes one final review of the completed note by viewing all output documents and carbon copy recipients. A note can be associated to a single or to multiple output documents. Any additional note inputs should be done from the Note Authoring or Accumulator workspaces.

12) Once the note is ready, the provider signs the note outputs. This can be done by either viewing and signing each individual output or using the Sign action in the Note Authoring workspace to sign all output documents simultaneously.

13) After completing the patient visit, the provider is ready to submit charges for the encounter. Follow the collection of (J) Finalize & Charge workflows for the Certified Workflow steps.

14) Once the provider has completed the patient visit, the final step is to update the Patient Location and Status fields. This enables all staff to know the visit is completed and whether the patient is departed, ready for transport, or if follow-up is needed.

A system preference can be set to automatically clear the Patient Location field after a certain length of time defined by the organization. This would eliminate the user requirement to clear this field.

15) Additional tasks may be required of staff members prior to the patient leaving the office. These tasks could include such items as scheduling a follow-up or referral appointment, having orders pending to be collected or completed, and so on. Follow the collection of (K) Follow-Up and Checkout workflows for the Certified Workflow steps.

16) Once the required follow-up is completed, the patient checks out.

Page 18: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 18 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(E) Intake Introduction The patient intake process involves the gathering of patient information by the clinical staff in preparation for seeing the provider. The intake process is usually done either outside the exam room at a pre-determined “vitals” area or in the exam room itself. The specific order of taking vital signs, collecting relevant patient history (such as allergies, medication history, and so on) and indicating the chief complaint will be determined by the physical location of the patient.

It may also be common for the clinical staff to begin the note for the provider. The decision for the clinical staff to begin a note is typically organizationally driven and is presented as a decision point within each Intake workflow.

Figure 8 (E) Intake Introduction

End

Chronic or new patient visit?

Yes

No

No

Yes

Patient visit with an order?

Yes

No

D

E1E

E2

E3

Acute or established patient

visit?

Page 19: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 19 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

The following workflows in this section address the most common intake types, as defined below:

Intake Type Description

Basic Typically associated with an acute care visit or with an established patient returning for a simple check-up or problem. See workflow (E1) Intake Process – Basic.

Detailed Is commonly associated with a new patient who requires a thorough examination of past medical information, a chronic patient visit, or a patient that is having multiple problems. See workflow (E2) Intake Process – Detailed.

With Order Used for a patient visit that requires an order (typically a nursing order by protocol) placed as part of the Intake Process. See workflow (E3) Intake Process – With Order.

Page 20: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 20 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(E1) Intake Process – Basic The clinical staff brings the patient back to an exam room to begin the intake process. This workflow is to achieve an understanding of what information is typically reviewed and updated within Allscripts Enterprise EHR during a basic intake process.

Figure 9 (E1) Intake Process - Basic

To perform a basic intake, follow these steps:

1) The clinical staff begins the Intake process by selecting a patient with a status of “Arrived” from the Schedule within Allscripts Enterprise EHR. To bring a patient into context from the daily schedule, do the following:

a) Clinical staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart menu, the daily Schedule tab should be active. Make sure the appropriate schedule is displaying. Adjust the provider or date where appropriate.

c) Review the schedule and double-click on the desired patient. The Clinical Desktop displays.

Page 21: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 21 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

2) The clinical staff sets the patient location and status to reflect where the patient is. To set the patient location and status, follow these steps:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, click the Patient Location drop-down list. A list of available locations displays.

b) Select the appropriate location.

c) To set the status, click the Status drop-down list. A list of available statuses displays.

d) Select the appropriate status.

3) The clinical staff is now ready to collect the patient’s vital signs. To enter a patient’s vital signs into Allscripts Enterprise EHR, follow these steps:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Add Vital Signs icon. The default vital signs view displays within the Order Details page.

b) Enter all the necessary vital sign information for that patient.

c) When finished, click OK.

4) From the Clinical Desktop, the clinical staff reviews the patient’s allergies and current medications under the respective component. Allergies and medications are the common patient history components that are typically reviewed as part of a basic visit type.

5) Do allergies and/or medications need to be updated? If no updates are needed, proceed to step 7.

6) If updates are needed, the clinical staff updates the patient’s history within the Add Clinical Item (ACI) workspace. The ACI is the principal workspace where they can update the patient’s allergies and medications without having to go to multiple places.

a) To add a new allergy, do the following:

i) Under the Allergies component, click New on the action toolbar to launch the Add Clinical Item workspace. The ACI displays with the History Builder and Allergies tabs active.

ii) To search for a medication allergen, click the Medication option; to search for a non-medication allergen, click the Non-medication option.

iii) Find an allergy using Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

iv) Select an allergy by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box or double-click on the desired allergy to add details.

v) Repeat steps ii – iv as needed.

Clinical staff can specify that a patient has no known allergies where appropriate by selecting No Known Drug Allergies or No Known Allergies.

b) To add a new medication history, do the following:

i) Click on the Med Hx tab.

ii) Select the Active Problem view from within the “Problem” section of the patient pane (located at the top on the left-hand side), if needed.

iii) Highlight the appropriate problem by single-clicking on the problem name.

Page 22: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 22 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

iv) Find the medication using Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

v) Select a medication by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box or double-click on the desired medication to add details, such as SIG information.

vi) Repeat steps iii – v as needed.

Best Practice is to link medication histories to the appropriate problems. This will automatically add that medication to the health management plan for that problem as well as aid in building of QuickSets.

7) Once they have reviewed those items with the patient, the clinical staff selects the patient’s chief complaint (primary complaint that triggered the appointment). Follow these steps to select the chief complaint:

a) From within the Add Clinical Item workspace, click on the Chief Complaint secondary tab. If not within the ACI, click on the Add New Problem icon from the Clinical Toolbar.

b) Find the appropriate chief complaint using an incremental or alphabetical search.

For a chief complaint to appear within the Add Clinical Item workspace there must be an associated published symptom form.

c) Select the chief complaint by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box. The items display in the problem section of the patient pane.

d) Click OK when finished. The Clinical Desktop displays.

8) Does the clinical staff begin the note? Some organizations allow the clinical staff to begin the note and document designated pieces of the patient visit.

9) If yes, the clinical staff starts the note. Follow these steps to begin a note:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Note Authoring icon to start a new note. The Note Selector screen displays.

b) Validate the Note Style selected is Note. c) Select the appropriate Specialty, if needed.

Clinical staff can determine which specialty to default within the Note Selector page by setting the “Default Specialty ID” preference.

d) Select the appropriate Visit Type and/or Visit Sub-Type. e) Review the Chief Complaint(s). Click OK to continue with no changes or click on the

Add/Remove Chief Complaint link to modify. Once complete, click OK.

f) The Note Authoring workspace (NAW) displays. The system compiles the correct note forms based on the specialty, visit type, chief complaint(s) and the patient’s age and sex.

g) Clinical staff updates the appropriate note sections per the organization’s protocol.

10) Clinical staff reviews all the information that was entered for the encounter.

a) If the clinical staff began a note, the encounter review takes place within the Note Authoring workspace. To review the encounter information, use any of the following:

Page 23: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 23 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Click on the Encounter Summary icon from the Clinical Toolbar. The Encounter Summary page displays.

Click on the desired Note Section from the table of contents.

Select the desired output and click View.

b) If no note was created, follow these steps to review the encounter information:

i) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Encounter Summary icon. The Encounter Summary page displays.

ii) All unsaved information will appear in magenta-colored text.

iii) Clinical staff reviews the encounter information and edits, if necessary.

11) Clinical staff updates the patient status to reflect the next step within the patient visit and commits the data.

a) To set the patient status and commit the encounter information from the Note Authoring workspace (NAW), follow these steps:

i) Click the Status drop-down list from the Clinical Toolbar.

ii) Select the appropriate status.

iii) Click Sign. The Note Signature page displays. iv) Enter your password and click OK.

All unsaved data is committed when the note is signed.

b) To set the patient status and commit the encounter information from the Encounter Summary, follow these steps:

i) Click the Status drop-down list. A list of available statuses displays.

ii) Select the appropriate status.

iii) Click Save and Continue.

12) Clinical staff returns to the daily schedule to prepare for the next patient. To return to the daily schedule, click on the Schedule horizontal toolbar.

For the instances where the clinical staff begins the note, administrators can set the Note preference “Default Navigation After Signing” to Schedule to automatically take them to the daily Schedule after signing the note to prepare for the next patient.

13) Once the patient intake process is complete, proceed to the (F) Retrieve workflows for the Certified Workflow steps.

Page 24: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 24 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(E2) Intake Process – Detailed The clinical staff has brought the patient back to an exam room to begin the intake process. The purpose of the following workflow is to achieve an understanding of what information is typically reviewed and updated within Allscripts Enterprise EHR during a more detailed intake process. This usually involves a more in depth look at the patient’s overall history.

Figure 10 (E2) Intake Process - Detailed

(1)Clinical Staff selects patient off schedule

(3)Clinical Staff

collects patient vitals

(8)Clinical Staff selects

chief complaint

(11)Clinical Staff

reviews encounter information

(12)Clinical Staff

updates patient status & commits

data

(5)Clinical Staff

reviews patient history

(7)Clinical Staff

updates patient history

(13)Clinical Staff returns

to schedule to prepare for next

patient

E

E2

PMH

PSH

Fam Hx

Social Hx

(2)Clinical Staff sets

the patient location & status

F

(6)Does patient hx

need to be updated?

Med Hx

Allergies

No

Immun Hx

(9)Clinical Staff begins

note?

No

Yes(10)

Clinical Staff starts note

(4)Is patient new?

Yes

No

Yes

To perform a detailed intake process, follow these steps:

1) The clinical staff begins by selecting a patient with a status of “Arrived” from the Schedule within Allscripts Enterprise EHR. To bring a patient into context from the daily schedule, do the following:

a) Clinical staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart menu, the daily Schedule tab should be active. Make sure the appropriate schedule is displaying. Adjust the provider or date where appropriate.

c) Review the schedule and double-click on the desired patient. The Clinical Desktop displays.

2) The clinical staff sets the patient location and status to reflect where the patient is. To set the patient location and status, follow these steps:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, click the Patient Location drop-down list. A list of available locations displays.

b) Select the appropriate location.

c) To set the status, click the Status drop-down list. A list of available statuses displays.

Page 25: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 25 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

d) Select the appropriate status.

3) The next step is to collect the patient’s vital signs. Follow these steps to enter a patient’s vital signs into Allscripts Enterprise EHR:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Add Vital Signs icon. The default vital signs view displays within the Order Details page.

b) Enter all the necessary vital signs information for the patient.

c) When finished, click OK.

4) Is the patient new? The intake process may differ depending on whether the patient is a new or an established patient. If the visit is for a new patient, proceed to step 7.

5) For an established patient, the clinical staff begins by reviewing the patient’s history from the Clinical Desktop with the patient to ensure that the information is accurate and up-to-date.

6) Does any of the patient’s information need to be updated?

7) Clinical staff updates the patient’s history within the Add Clinical Item (ACI) workspace. The ACI is the principal workspace where they can update the patient’s past medical history, past surgical history, family history, social history, allergies, medication and immunization without having to go to multiple places.

a) To add a new problem and/or update problem history, follow these steps:

i) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Add New Problem icon. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays with the History Builder tab active.

ii) Click on the corresponding secondary tab to add problem information:

▪ PMH ─ Past Medical History ▪ PSH ─ Past Surgical History ▪ Fam Hx ─ Family History ▪ Social Hx ─ Social History

Some organizations choose not to have clinical staff enter problems as part of the intake process. Instead, all problems are managed by the provider. Allscripts enables the clinical staff to enter problem history as “unverified” and have the provider verify them while seeing the patient.

iii) Find the desired problem using Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

iv) Select a problem by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box or double-click on the desired problem to add details.

v) Repeat steps ii – v as needed.

b) To add a new allergy, do the following:

i) Click on the Allergies tab.

ii) To search for a medication allergen, click the Medication option; to search for a non-medication allergen, click the Non-medication option.

iii) Find an allergy using Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

iv) Select an allergy by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box or double-click on the desired allergy to add details.

Page 26: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 26 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

v) Repeat steps ii – iv as needed.

Clinical staff can specify that a patient has no known allergies where appropriate by selecting No Known Drug Allergies or No Known Allergies.

c) To add a new medication history, do the following:

i) Click on the Med Hx tab.

ii) Select the Active Problem view from within the “Problem” section of the patient pane (located at the top on the left-hand side), if needed.

iii) Highlight the appropriate problem by single-clicking on the problem name.

iv) Find the medication using Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

v) Select a medication by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box or double-click on the desired medication to add details, such as SIG information.

vi) Repeat steps iii – v as needed.

Best Practice is to link medication histories to the appropriate problems. This will automatically add that medication to the health management plan for that problem as well as aid in building of QuickSets.

d) To add a new immunization history, do the following:

i) Click on the Immun Hx tab.

ii) Select the Active Problem view from within the “Problem” section of the patient pane (located at the top on the left-hand side), if needed.

iii) Highlight the ‘Health Maintenance’ problem by single-clicking on the problem name.

iv) Find an immunization using Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

v) Select an immunization by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box. The Immunization Details page displays.

vi) Enter a Date (required) by clicking on the Calendar icon. The Select a Date dialog displays.

vii) Select a date or a fuzzy date.

viii) Click OK.

ix) Repeat steps iii – viii as needed.

8) Once they have reviewed those items with the patient, the clinical staff selects the patient’s chief complaint (primary complaint that triggered the appointment). Follow these steps to select the chief complaint:

a) From within the Add Clinical Item workspace, click on the Chief Complaint secondary tab. If not within the ACI, click on the Add New Problem icon from the Clinical Toolbar.

b) Find the appropriate chief complaint using an incremental or alphabetical search.

Page 27: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 27 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

For a chief complaint to appear within the Add Clinical Item workspace there must be an associated published symptom form.

c) Select the chief complaint by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box. The items display in the problem section of the patient pane.

d) Click OK when finished. The Clinical Desktop displays.

9) Does the clinical staff begin the note? Some organizations allow the clinical staff to begin the note and document designated pieces of the patient visit.

10) If yes, the clinical staff starts the note. Follow these steps to begin a note:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Note Authoring icon to start a new note. The Note Selector screen displays.

b) Validate the Note Style selected is Note. c) Select the appropriate Specialty, if needed.

Clinical staff can determine which specialty to default within the Note Selector page by setting the “Default Specialty ID” preference.

d) Select the appropriate Visit Type and/or Visit Sub-Type. e) Review the Chief Complaint(s). Click OK to continue with no changes or click on the

Add/Remove Chief Complaint link to modify. Once complete, click OK.

f) The Note Authoring workspace (NAW) displays. The system compiles the correct note forms based on the specialty, visit type, chief complaint(s) and the patient’s age and sex.

g) Clinical staff updates the appropriate note sections per the organization’s protocol.

11) Clinical staff reviews all the information that was entered for the encounter.

a) If the clinical staff began a note, the encounter review takes place within the Note Authoring workspace. To review the encounter information, use any of the following:

Click on the Encounter Summary icon from the Clinical Toolbar. The Encounter Summary page displays.

Click on the desired Note Section from the table of contents.

Select the desired output and click View.

b) If no note was created, follow these steps to review the encounter information:

i) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Encounter Summary icon. The Encounter Summary page displays.

ii) All unsaved information will appear in magenta-colored text.

iii) Clinical staff reviews the encounter information and edits it, if necessary.

12) Clinical staff updates the patient status to reflect the next step within the patient visit and commits the data.

a) To set the patient status and commit the encounter information from the Note Authoring workspace, follow these steps:

i) Click the Status drop-down list from the Clinical Toolbar.

Page 28: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 28 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

ii) Select the appropriate status.

iii) Click Sign. The Note Signature page displays. iv) Enter your password and click OK.

All unsaved data is committed when the note is signed.

b) To set the patient status and commit the encounter information from the Encounter Summary, follow these steps:

i) Click the Status drop-down list. A list of available statuses displays.

ii) Select the appropriate status.

iii) Click Save and Continue.

13) Clinical staff returns to the daily schedule to prepare for the next patient. To return to the daily schedule, click on the Schedule horizontal toolbar.

In the cases where the clinical staff begins the note, administrators can set the Note preference “Default Navigation After Signing” to Schedule to automatically take them to the daily Schedule after signing the note to prepare for the next patient.

14) Once the patient intake process is complete, proceed to the (F) Retrieve workflows for the Certified Workflow steps.

Page 29: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 29 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(E3) Intake Process – With Order The clinical staff brings the patient back to an exam room to begin the intake process. This workflow is to achieve an understanding of what information is typically reviewed and updated within Allscripts Enterprise EHR during the intake process where an order is placed per protocol for the patient visit.

Figure 11 (E3) Intake Process – With Order

(1)Clinical Staff selects patient off schedule

(2)Clinical Staff sets

the patient location and status

(3)Clinical Staff

collects patient vitals

(11)Clinical Staff

updates patient status

E3

(12)Clinical Staff returns

to schedule to prepare for next

patient

E

(6)Is order required

per protocol?

(7)Clinical Staff

completes orderYes

(10)Clinical Staff

reviews and saves encounter information

(5)Clinical Staff selects

chief complaint

No

F

H

(8)Clinical Staff begins

note?Yes

(9)Clinical Staff starts

note

No

(4)Clinical Staff

reviews patient history and updates

as appropriate

To perform an intake process with an order, follow these steps:

1) The clinical staff begins the Intake process by selecting a patient with a status of “Arrived” from the Schedule within Allscripts Enterprise EHR. To bring a patient into context from the daily schedule, follow these steps:

a) Clinical staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart menu, the daily Schedule tab should be active. Make sure the appropriate schedule is displaying. Adjust the provider or date where appropriate.

c) Review the schedule and double-click on the desired patient. The Clinical Desktop displays.

2) The clinical staff sets the patient location and status to reflect where the patient is. To set the patient location and status, follow these steps:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, click the Patient Location drop-down list. A list of available locations displays.

b) Select the appropriate location.

c) To set the status, click the Status drop-down list. A list of available statuses displays.

Page 30: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 30 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

d) Select the appropriate status.

3) The clinical staff is ready to collect the patient’s vital signs. To enter a patient’s vital signs into Allscripts Enterprise EHR, follow these steps:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, click the Add Vital Signs icon. The default vital signs view displays within the Order Details page.

b) Enter all the necessary vital signs information for that patient.

c) When finished, click OK.

4) The clinical staff begins reviewing the patient’s history from the Clinical Desktop with the patient and updates it as appropriate.

a) To update an existing chart item, do the following:

i) From the Clinical Desktop, right-click on an item and select Edit from the context menu.

ii) Add the necessary details.

iii) Click OK.

b) To add a new problem and/or update problem history, follow these steps:

i) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Add New Problem icon. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays with the History Builder tab active.

ii) Click on the corresponding secondary tab to add problem information:

▪ Active ─ Active Problems ▪ PMH ─ Past Medical History ▪ PSH ─ Past Surgical History ▪ Fam Hx ─ Family History ▪ Social Hx ─ Social History

Some organizations choose not to have clinical staff enter problems as part of the intake process. Instead, all problems are managed by the provider. Allscripts enables the clinical staff to enter active problems and problem history as “unverified” and have the provider verify them while seeing the patient.

iii) Find the desired problem using Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

iv) Select a problem by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box or double-click on the desired problem to add details.

v) Repeat steps ii – v as needed.

c) To add a new allergy, do the following:

i) Click on the Allergies tab.

ii) To search for a medication allergen, click the Medication option; to search for a non-medication allergen, click the Non-medication option.

iii) Find an allergy using Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

iv) Select an allergy by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box or double-click on the desired allergy to add details.

Page 31: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 31 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

v) Repeat steps ii – iv as needed.

Clinical staff can specify that a patient has no known allergies where appropriate by selecting No Known Drug Allergies or No Known Allergies.

d) To add a new medication history, do the following:

i) Click on the Med Hx tab.

ii) Select the Active Problem view from within the “Problem” section of the patient pane (located at the top on the left-hand side), if needed.

iii) Highlight the appropriate problem by single-clicking on the problem name.

iv) Find the medication using Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

v) Select a medication by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box or double-click on the desired medication to add details, such as SIG information.

vi) Repeat steps iii – v as needed.

Best Practice is to link medication histories to the appropriate problems. This will automatically add that medication to the health management plan for that problem as well as aid in building of QuickSets.

e) To add a new immunization history, do the following:

i) Click on the Immun Hx tab.

ii) Select the Active Problem view from within the “Problem” section of the patient pane (located at the top on the left-hand side), if needed.

iii) Highlight the ‘Health Maintenance’ problem by single-clicking on the problem name.

iv) Find an immunization using Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

v) Select an immunization by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box. The Immunization Details page displays.

vi) Enter a Date (required) by clicking on the Calendar icon. The Select a Date dialog displays.

vii) Select a date or a fuzzy date.

viii) Click OK.

ix) Repeat steps iii – viii as needed

5) Once they have reviewed those items with the patient, the clinical staff selects the patient’s chief complaint (primary complaint that triggered the appointment). Follow these steps to select the chief complaint:

a) From within the Add Clinical Item workspace, click on the Chief Complaint secondary tab. If not within the ACI, click on the Add New Problem icon from the Clinical Toolbar.

b) Find the appropriate chief complaint using an incremental or alphabetical search.

Page 32: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 32 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

For a chief complaint to appear within the Add Clinical Item workspace there must be an associated published symptom form.

c) Select the chief complaint by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box. The items display in the problem section of the patient pane.

d) Click OK when finished. The Clinical Desktop displays.

6) Is an order required per protocol? If an order is not required, the clinical staff closes the Add Clinical Item workspace by clicking OK.

7) If an order is required, clinical staff places an order. Clinical staff remains within the Add Clinical Item workspace (after documenting the chief complaint) and clicks on the corresponding primary tab (Rx/Orders or Problem-based) specific to their ordering behavior. Refer to the (H) Order & Plan workflows for the Certified Workflow steps for ordering.

8) Does the clinical staff begin the note? Some organizations allow the clinical staff to begin the note and document designated pieces of the patient visit.

9) If yes, the clinical staff starts the note. Follow these steps to begin a note:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Note Authoring icon to start a new note. The Note Selector screen displays.

b) Validate the Note Style selected is Note. c) Select the appropriate Specialty, if needed.

Clinical staff can determine which specialty to default within the Note Selector page by setting the “Default Specialty ID” preference.

d) Select the appropriate Visit Type and/or Visit Sub-Type. e) Review the Chief Complaint(s). Click OK to continue with no changes or click on the

Add/Remove Chief Complaint link to modify. Once complete, click OK.

f) The Note Authoring workspace displays. The system compiles the correct note forms based on the specialty, visit type, chief complaint(s) and the patient’s age and sex.

g) Clinical staff updates the appropriate note sections per the organization’s protocol.

10) Clinical staff reviews all the information that was entered for the encounter.

a) If the clinical staff began a note, the encounter review takes place within the Note Authoring workspace (NAW). To review the encounter information, use any of the following:

Click on the Encounter Summary icon from the Clinical Toolbar. The Encounter Summary page displays.

Click on the desired note section from the table of contents.

Select the desired output and click View.

b) If no note was created, follow these steps to review the encounter information:

i) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Encounter Summary icon. The Encounter Summary page displays.

ii) All unsaved information will appear in magenta-colored text.

Page 33: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 33 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

iii) Clinical staff reviews the encounter information and edits, if necessary.

11) Clinical staff updates the patient status to reflect the next step within the patient visit and commits the data.

a) To set the patient status and commit the encounter information from the Note Authoring workspace, follow these steps:

i) Click the Status drop-down list from the Clinical Toolbar.

ii) Select the appropriate status.

iii) Click Sign. The Note Signature page displays. iv) Enter your password and click OK.

All unsaved data is committed when the note is signed.

b) To set the patient status and commit the encounter information from the Encounter Summary, follow these steps:

i) Click the Status drop-down list. A list of available statuses displays.

ii) Select the appropriate status.

iii) Click Save and Continue.

12) Clinical staff returns to the daily schedule to prepare for the next patient. To return to the daily schedule, click on the Schedule horizontal toolbar.

In the instances where the clinical staff begins the note, administrators can set the Note preference “Default Navigation After Signing” to Schedule to automatically take them to the daily Schedule after signing the note to prepare for the next patient.

13) Once the patient intake process is complete, proceed to the (F) Retrieve workflows for the Certified Workflow steps.

Page 34: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 34 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(F) Retrieve Introduction As part of the patient visit, the provider reviews information regarding the patient either just prior to entering the exam room or during the first few minutes of the exam. The specific type of data reviewed may vary depending on why the patient is there, but the provider can greatly enhance the usefulness of the information they retrieve by using any of the following three fundamental methods for viewing information:

▪ Automated patient summaries ▪ Trends, graphs, or flow sheets ▪ Customized views

Each of these methods enables the provider to choose how to view the contents of the electronic health record, whether they are reviewing office notes, lab tests, imaging results, consultations, nursing notes, visit slips, or insurance forms. The purpose of retrieving and viewing chart information is to provide a better level of patient care and to do so with as little effort as possible.

Figure 12 (F) Retrieve Information

Acute or Established Patient

Visit?

End

F

Chronic or New Patient Visit?

Yes

No

No

Yes

D

F1

F2

E1

E2 E3

The following documents describe the steps to view or retrieve patient chart information for either a basic chart review or a detailed chart review.

Page 35: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 35 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Visit Type Description

Basic Visit Type

The basic visit type is defined as typically associated with an acute care visit for simple self-limited problems, such as would be seen in an urgent or primary care facility or with an established patient returning for a simple check-up or problem. See (F1) Chart Review - Basic workflow for more information.

Detailed Visit Type

The detailed visit type is directed more toward management of one or more chronic problems as seen in internal medicine or specialty medicine, or for a new patient who requires a more in-depth viewing of historical data or is presenting with complex or multiple problems. See (F2) Chart Review - Detailed workflow for more information.

The provider has access to all areas of a patient’s record from the Clinical Desktop. It is important to understand how the Clinical Desktop is set up in order to optimize workflow. The following illustration is an example of a suggested starter configuration of the Clinical Desktop for efficient review of adult patient data:

Adult Patient View – Clinical Desktop View:

This Clinical Desktop View (Adult Patient View) is an Allscripts delivered view which has been set up as follows:

Layout = View 3 Component Group #1 (Upper Left Pane):

Page 36: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 36 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

▪ Problem – default view to Active Problems with secondary sort set to Type ▪ Encounter – default view set to All by Appointment

Component Group #2 (Lower Left Pane):

▪ Meds – default view set to Current Medications secondary sort set to Alpha ▪ Allergies – default view set to All with secondary sort set to Urgency ▪ Orders – default view set to Current Orders with secondary sort set to Status

Component Group #3 (Right Pane):

▪ Health Management Plan – default view to Health Management with secondary sort set to Problem

▪ ChartViewer – default view to All by Section by Sub-Section ▪ Patient Worklist – default to provider preferred Worklist View

The Health Management Plan component is the principal workspace where providers can view and manage numerous aspects of patient data. It allows providers to quickly review current medications and orders, HMP reminders and recent results for the selected patient without having to go to multiple workspaces.

Use the Hide VTB (Hide Vertical Toolbar) and Full Screen controls to maximize the Clinical Desktop and Component workspace.

The previous view is an excellent starting point for most specialties whether the patient visit is a basic or detailed visit type. An exception is for the Pediatrics specialty, for which the following Allscripts delivered view is defined as:

Pediatric Patient View – Clinical Desktop View:

Page 37: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 37 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Pediatric Patient View: Layout = View 3 Component Group #1 (Upper Left Pane):

▪ Problem – default view to Active Problems with secondary sort set to Type ▪ Encounter – default view set to All by Appointment ▪ Patient Worklist – default to provider preferred Worklist View

Component Group #2 (Lower Left Pane):

▪ Meds – default view set to Current Medications secondary sort set to Alpha ▪ Allergies – default view set to All with secondary sort set to Urgency ▪ Orders – default view set to Current Orders with secondary sort set to Status

Component Group #3 (Right Pane):

▪ Growth Charts – Set to display Flowsheets for Normative Growth ▪ Immuns – Set to display Immunization Series ▪ ChartViewer – default view to All Section by Sub-Section ▪ Health Management Plan – default view to Health Management with secondary sort set

to Problem

Page 38: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 38 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(F1) Chart Review – Basic The purpose of the following workflow is to achieve an understanding of what information is typically reviewed by the provider just prior to entering the exam room or during those first few minutes of the exam for a basic visit type. The main goal of retrieve or chart review is to allow the provider to view and interact with as much data regarding the patient as possible. A basic visit is typically associated with an acute care visit for simple self-limited problems, such as would be seen in an urgent or primary care facility or with an established patient returning for a routine follow-up. The following illustration depicts a basic chart review process.

Figure 13 (F1) Chart Review - Basic

F1

F

(7)Need to review

previous or scanned notes?

(3)Provider selects

patient from Schedule

(5)Provider reviews patient’s clinical information &

updates as needed

(8)Provider reviews most recent chart

notes

Vital Signs

Problems

Medications

Yes

No G

(4)Provider reviews today’s encounter

summary

(1)Has note been

started by Clinical Staff?

(2)Provider selects

note from scheduleYes

No

Allergies

(6)Provider reviews

recent results

To retrieve information for a basic chart review, do the following:

1) Has the note been started by the clinical staff? As part of the intake process some practices have the clinical staff begin the note and document various note sections defined by the organization.

2) If yes, the provider selects the note from the schedule for the patient being seen. To select a note from the schedule, follow these steps:

a) Provider should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart vertical toolbar, the daily Schedule horizontal toolbar should be active.

c) Review the schedule and click on the note icon next to the desired patient’s name. The Note Authoring workspace (NAW) displays.

3) If the note was not started by the clinical staff, the provider selects the patient from the schedule and brings the patient encounter into context. To bring a patient into context from the daily schedule, follow these steps:

Page 39: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 39 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

a) The provider should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart vertical toolbar, the daily Schedule horizontal toolbar should be active.

c) Review the schedule and double-click on the desired patient. The Clinical Desktop displays.

4) Provider opens today’s encounter summary to review the data entered by the clinical staff as well as view any alerts and/or reminders.

a) To review the encounter information from within the Note Authoring workspace or from the Clinical Desktop, click on the Encounter Summary icon from the Clinical Toolbar. The Encounter Summary page displays.

5) Provider reviews the patient’s clinical information and updates as needed. In addition, the provider will ‘Verify and Add’ for any of the newly entered patient history that was entered by the clinical staff, as appropriate. The common components of patient data typically reviewed as part of a basic visit type are:

▪ Active Problems ▪ Current Medications ▪ Allergies ▪ Vital Signs

a) To review the patient’s clinical information from within the Note Authoring workspace, use any of the following:

▪ Click on the corresponding Note Section from the table of contents to review Active Problems, Current Medications, Allergies and Vital Signs information.

▪ Click on the corresponding component (tab) within the NAW to review Active Problems (Problem), Current Medications (Meds/Orders), Allergies (Allergies) and Vital Signs information (HMP – VitalSigns/Findings).

b) To review the patient’s clinical information from the Clinical Desktop, do the following: click on the corresponding component (tab) within the Clinical Desktop to review Active Problems (Problem), Current Medications (Meds), Allergies (Allergies) and Vital Signs information (HMP – VitalSigns/Findings).

c) To ‘Verify and Add’ any of the newly entered patient history that was entered, do the following:

i) From the corresponding component, select Type as the secondary sort.

ii) Under the Unverified section, highlight the chart item by single-clicking.

iii) Click on Add/Verify. Providers can also right-click on the item and select Add and Verify from the context menu.

6) The provider reviews recent results. To review all recent results from the ChartViewer component, do the following:

a) Click on the ChartViewer component (tab).

b) Select the “Recent Data” View from the drop-down list.

c) Double-click to view any relevant results data.

Allscripts recommends creating a “Recent Data” view that looks at all recent chart information for the patient within the past two years. This includes all the relevant

Page 40: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 40 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

patient information that a provider would need to review during the retrieve process.

7) Does the provider need to review any previously entered documentation, including scanned documents?

8) If the provider needs to review previous or other recent clinical documentation, remain within the ChartViewer component and do the following:

a) Under the Recent Data View, double-click on the desired document to open in a single Viewer.

b) Single-click items, select View and View in New Window to open multiple items. These can then be tiled as desired to view multiple items at once.

Component groups can be resized by “dragging” the edge of the component with the mouse.

9) Once the provider has completed the retrieve process, they are then ready to begin the patient visit. Refer to the (G) Document workflows for the Certified Workflow steps for documenting the patient visit.

Page 41: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 41 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(F2) Chart Review – Detailed The purpose of the following workflow is to achieve an understanding of what information is typically reviewed by the provider just prior to entering the exam room or during those first few minutes of the exam for a detailed visit type. The main goal of retrieve or chart review is to allow the provider to view and interact with as much data regarding the patient as possible. A detailed visit is directed more toward management of one or more chronic problems as seen in internal medicine or specialty medicine, or for a new patient who requires a more in-depth viewing of historical data or is presenting with complex or multiple problems.

Figure 14 (F2) Chart Review - Detailed

1) Has the note been started by the clinical staff? As part of the intake process some practices have the clinical staff begin the note and document various note sections defined by the organization.

2) If yes, the provider selects the note from the schedule for the patient being seen. To select a note from the schedule, follow these steps:

a) Provider should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart vertical toolbar, the daily Schedule horizontal toolbar should be active.

c) Review the schedule and click on the note icon next to the desired patient’s name. The Note Authoring workspace (NAW) displays.

3) If the note was not started by the clinical staff, the provider selects the patient from the schedule and brings the patient encounter into context. To bring a patient into context from the daily schedule, follow these steps:

a) The provider should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

Page 42: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 42 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

b) From the Chart vertical toolbar, the daily Schedule horizontal toolbar should be active.

c) Review the schedule and double-click on the desired patient. The Clinical Desktop displays.

4) Provider opens today’s encounter summary to review the data entered by the clinical staff as well as view any alerts and/or reminders.

a) To review the encounter information from within the Note Authoring workspace (NAW) or from the Clinical Desktop, click on the Encounter Summary icon from the Clinical Toolbar. The Encounter Summary page displays.

5) Provider reviews the patient’s clinical information and updates as needed. In addition, the provider will ‘Verify and Add’ any of the newly entered patient history that was entered by the clinical staff, as appropriate. The common components of patient data typically reviewed as part of a detailed visit type are:

▪ Active Problems and Problem History ▪ Current Medications ▪ Allergies

a) To review the patient’s clinical information from within the Note Authoring workspace (NAW), use any of the following:

▪ Click on the corresponding Note Section from the table of contents to review Active Problems, Current Medications, Allergies and Vital Signs information.

▪ Click on the corresponding component (tab) within the NAW to review Active Problems (Problem), Current Medications (Meds/Orders), Allergies (Allergies) and Vital Signs information (HMP – VitalSigns/Findings).

b) To review the patient’s clinical information from the Clinical Desktop, do the following:

i) Click on the corresponding component (tab) within the Clinical Desktop to review Active Problems (Problem), Current Medications (Meds), Allergies (Allergies) and Vital Signs information (HMP – VitalSigns/Findings).

c) To ‘Verify and Add’ any of the newly entered patient history that was entered, do the following:

i) From the corresponding component, select Type as the secondary sort.

ii) Under the Unverified section, highlight the chart item by single-clicking.

iii) Click on Add/Verify. Providers can also right-click on the item and select Add and Verify from the context menu.

6) The provider reviews patient’s health management plan (HMP). The common components typically reviewed are as follows:

▪ Vital Signs ▪ Flowsheets & Graphs ▪ Alerts & Reminders

a) To review a patient’s Health Management Plan, do the following:

i) Click on the HMP component (tab).

ii) Select the desired View from the component view drop-down list.

7) The provider reviews recent results. To review all recent results from the ChartViewer component, do the following:

a) Click on the ChartViewer component (tab).

Page 43: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 43 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

b) Select the “Recent Data” View from the drop-down list.

c) Double-click to view any relevant results data.

Allscripts recommends creating a “Recent Data” view that looks at all recent chart information for the patient within the past year. This would include all the relevant patient information that a provider would need to review.

8) Does the provider need to review any previously entered documentation, including scanned documents?

9) If the provider needs to review previous or other recent clinical documentation, remain within the ChartViewer component and do the following:

a) Under the Recent Data View, double-click on the desired document to open in a single Viewer.

b) Single-click items, select View and Viewer in New Window to open multiple items. These can then be tiled as desired to view multiple items at once.

Component groups can be resized by “dragging” the edge of the component with the mouse.

10) Provider checks for pending orders and takes appropriate action. Depending on where the provider is performing the chart review, this can be done within the Patient Worklist component from the Clinical Desktop or within the Meds/Orders component from the Note Authoring workspace.

a) To access the Patient Worklist component from the Clinical Desktop, do the following:

i) Click on the Patient Worklist component tab.

ii) Select the desired Worklist View from the drop-down list that contains all the order items for the patient in context.

iii) Right-click on the appropriate order and select the necessary action from the context menu as appropriate.

b) To access the Meds/Order component from the NAW, do the following:

i) Click on the Meds/Orders component (tab).

ii) Validate that the view is Current Meds/Orders and it is sorted by Status.

iii) Right-click on the appropriate order and select the necessary action from the context menu as appropriate.

11) Once the provider has completed the retrieve process, they are then ready to begin the patient visit. Refer to the (G) Document workflows for the Certified Workflow steps for documenting the patient visit.

Page 44: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 44 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(G) Document Introduction Historically, documenting the patient encounter is one of the most time intensive tasks in clinical practice. Documenting lets providers capture their thoughts and actions during a patient encounter and assemble them into a formal clinical document or office note. Documenting is also used for patient notification tasks, sending consultative letters and reports, and other purposes within the office. Clinical documentation using a computer with an electronic health record can make this process just as quick (or quicker), more complete, and more accurate than the older, paper-based method.

This section presents workflows that “flow” across many workflows; all of which can be used to “document” the patient visit. These could include dictating as part of the documentation process, creating a prescription or laboratory order, reviewing results, or creating and finalizing a charge as part of the patient visit encounter.

The office workflow for the different visit types has a critical impact on note design and usage. This section discusses the more common, higher-level workflows. However, one of the useful features of Allscripts Enterprise EHR is the significant amount of flexibility it gives to providers. Some providers will want to continue to dictate 100 percent of the time. Some will be satisfied if they can reduce their transcription costs by 50 percent. Others will be motivated to complete all their documentation before leaving the exam room. For others, brevity and speed will be the most important issues. Allscripts Enterprise EHR enables all of these scenarios.

Each organization should also consider how to approach “prototypical” visit types. Examples include the patient presenting with a single, acute, self-limited problem; patients with a combination of chronic problems for follow-up and at least one acute problem; patients in for routine follow-up of a single problem; patients presenting for a surgical procedure; the brand new patient in for a complete, routine workup. Each of these visit types could be treated as highly unique workflows with specific note design considerations. It is also possible to design highly generic notes that could aggregate many of these visit types together into a small number of visit types for the purpose of documenting an encounter.

The workflows in this section discuss the most common visit types, as defined in the following list:

Acute Visit—Typically associated with an acute self-limited problem, such as would be seen in a primary care facility or with an established patient returning for a simple check-up or problem. Acute visit types are typically symptom (or chief complaint) driven and can be both highly specific (templates built for specific common complaints) or generic (templates built for multiple symptoms) to accommodate multiple combinations of symptoms and more non-predictable visits.

New or Chronic Visit—This visit type is directed toward a patient with highly complex or multiple chronic problems. Due to the more in-depth documentation and review required for a new patient, they are also included in this category. These types of visits are typically problem driven, rather than symptom driven, with a high level of specificity and apply to specialties such as Internal Medicine, Cardiology, Urology, and so on.

Procedure Visit—Associated with a visit type that includes a procedure. Procedure visit types require templates with a higher level of specificity for efficient documentation, such as seen in the surgical specialties.

Health Maintenance Visit—Associated with routine well child or adult check-up health maintenance visit. These visit types are typically of medium complexity, of high specificity,

Page 45: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 45 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

and are driven by patient’s age and gender. Common specialties with health maintenance visit types are Pediatrics, Family Practice, and OB-GYN.

Results Note—Associated with a note created as part of the result verification process.

Dictation—Includes details for utilizing dictation as part of the clinical documentation process. This workflow includes variations of inserting dictation markers into the note or generating letters or reports after the patient has left.

Admin Forms—Includes details for utilizing forms built from the Allscripts Enterprise EHR Forms module as part of the clinical documentation process.

Utilizing Structured Notes – General Note Concepts There may be times when the provider requires Note Forms or other information to be inserted into the Note that is not included as part of the default Note setup. Follow these general guidelines for any Note workflow on using a variety of functions to add information to an existing note: Inserting a New Note Section

If the appropriate Note Section is not present, follow these steps to insert a new one:

1) Right-click on the Note Section header located either above or below where the new section should be located.

2) Select Add Section Above or Add Section Below (top or bottom determines placement of the form in the section). The system displays the Note Sections selector screen.

3) Select the desired Note Section(s).

4) Click OK.

Inserting Note Forms

If the appropriate Note Form is not present, follow these steps to insert a new one:

1) Right-click on a note section header in the table of content on the left.

2) Select Add Form Top or Add Form Bottom (top or bottom determines placement of the form in the section). The system displays the Form Selector screen.

3) Select the desired form(s).

4) Click OK. The selected Note Form inserts into the appropriate note section.

Inserting Images

Follow these steps to add an illustration to a note section:

1) Right-click on the desired Note Section header.

2) Select Add Image Top or Add Image Bottom (top or bottom determines placement of Illustration in section). The system displays the Image Selector screen. A local picture of the patient can also be selected.

3) Select the desired General Image or Patient Specific Image.

4) Click OK.

Page 46: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 46 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

5) Edit / mark on image as desired.

6) Select Commit to save changes to the drawing.

Renaming a Note Section Header

Follow the below steps to rename a Note Section Header for the existing note (only):

1) Right-click on the desired Note Section Header.

2) Select Rename Section.

3) Type in the new Note Section Header name.

4) Press Enter (on the keyboard).

Inserting a Dictation Marker

Follow these steps to insert a dictation marker within a note section that does not have a default dictation marker already associated:

1) Select the desired Note Section. This will quickly display the desired Note Section in the Note Accumulator workspace (NAW).

2) From the NAW, right-click the section header and select one of the following (as needed):

a) Insert Dictation Marker at Section Top

b) Insert Dictation Marker at Section Bottom

c) Insert Dictation Marker at Form Top

d) Insert Dictation Marker at Form Bottom

3) The dictation marker identification number will be inserted into the selected accumulator note section.

4) Complete dictation as desired and continue with the patient visit encounter.

Recompile

There may be instances where the provider needs to add a Chief Complaint after the initial compilation of the Note has been done. In this instance, the action of “Recompile” needs to be done to add the associated Note Forms to the Note. Follow these steps to add a Chief Complaint and Recompile:

1) From the Chief Complaint Note Section, click New.

2) The Add Clinical Item screen will display with the Chief Complaint secondary tab selected.

3) Select the desired new Chief Complaint(s).

4) Click OK.

5) Click on Recompile.

6) Resume documentation of the encounter.

Carbon Copy

Follow the below steps to add a carbon copy recipient for a Note:

1) From the Note Authorizing Workspace (NAW) select an Output Template by clicking View.

2) Select the appropriate Output document tab (Individual or All).

Page 47: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 47 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

3) Click the Carbon Copy icon .

4) Select the appropriate recipient:

▪ By Role: Place a checkmark next to the appropriate provider or current patient selection in the box located in the Role column.

▪ Manual: Click on the Manual tab and select either a provider or referring provider from the corresponding dictionary lookup.

▪ Ad Hoc: Click Ad Hoc and manually type in the recipient’s name and select the method of communication: Print or Fax. Finish by typing in optional information of address, city, state, Zip Code, and fax number.

5) Click OK. The selected recipients display in the Note Output header.

Patient Education Materials – Print Actions Many of the workflows listed in this chapter reference the printing of patient education materials. Patient education materials may be produced when an ad hoc order or CareGuide template is selected during the encounter. The system can be set up to print these automatically upon saving the encounter, or printing can be “turned off.” This enables the provider to print as needed for each patient. As this may potentially impact each workflow, it is important to understand the various behaviors of the system in relationship to this when certain user actions are taken.

There is a system preference located on the TWAdmin, Preferences page that controls Patient Education Materials and when they print. The Print Patient Education Always preference field has the following options:

▪ Always—This setting causes the patient education material to always print regardless of whether a CareGuide template is associated to a problem within the encounter.

▪ Only if CareGuide Associated—This setting causes the patient education materials (reflecting both items created from within a CareGuide template or from ad hoc orders) to only print if there is a CareGuide template associated during the patient encounter. Note: CareGuides must be purchased separately to enable this functionality to work. If CareGuides have not been purchased and this setting is utilized, it would be the equivalent of selecting to “never” print any patient education materials.

The Print Patient Education Always preference is typically set by the System Administrator at a system level. However, users can override this preference setting from within Allscripts Enterprise EHR by changing the preference from any .NET Personalize workspace.

Additionally, the following table defines the system response to user actions in relationship to the timing of when the patient education materials may print.

Scenario User Action System Printing Actions System Response to User Prompt Selection

(1.) Care Guide template is associated and/or ad hoc orders – are unsaved

Clicks Commit.

Does not print. System stores all the CG and ad hoc orders for the session for printing.

N/A

Clicks Save or Cancel or continues on

Does not print.

System stores all the CG N/A

Page 48: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 48 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Scenario User Action System Printing Actions System Response to User Prompt Selection

Encounter Summary.

and ad hoc orders for the session for printing.

Clicks Print Patient Ed on Encounter Summary.

Prints patient education based on ad hoc print preferences and the explicit print check box selections.

N/A

Changes Patient Encounter.

Prints patient education based on ad hoc print preferences and the explicit print check box selections.

N/A

Changes patient.

Prints patient education based on ad hoc print preferences and the explicit print check box selections.

N/A

Logs off.

Prints patient education based on ad hoc print preferences and the explicit print check box selections.

N/A

(2.) Care Guide template and/or ad hoc orders previously saved AND printed – No new orders or CG templates are associated.

Clicks Commit. Does not print. N/A

Clicks Save or Cancel or continues on Encounter Summary.

Does not print. N/A

Clicks Print Patient Ed on Encounter Summary.

Before printing, system prompts the user “Do you wish to reprint materials […] previously printed during this section? Yes/No.”

If ‘Yes,’ the system reprints everything.

If ‘No,’ the system cancels the printing.

Page 49: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 49 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Scenario User Action System Printing Actions System Response to User Prompt Selection

Changes patient encounter.

Does not print. N/A

Changes patient. Does not print. N/A

Logs off. Does not print N/A

(3.) Care Guide template and/or ad hoc orders previously saved – printed or not – and user has added new orders or CG template associated.

Clicks Commit.

Does not print.

System stores all the CG and ad hoc orders for the session for printing.

N/A

Clicks Save or Cancel or continues on Encounter Summary.

Does not print.

System stores all the CG and ad hoc orders for the session for printing.

N/A

Clicks Print Patient Ed on Encounter Summary.

If previously printed – before printing (based on check boxes) system prompts the user “You have new patient education materials to print. Do you wish to reprint materials […] previously printed during this session? (Yes / No / Cancel).”

If ‘Yes,’ the system reprints everything – adding the new orders / CG monographs.

If ‘No,’ the system prints only the newly added orders / CG monographs.

If ‘Cancel,’ the system cancels the printing.

Changes patient encounter.

If previously printed – before printing (based on check boxes) system prompts the user “You have new patient education materials to print. Do you wish to reprint materials […] previously printed during this session? (Yes / No / Cancel).”

If ‘Yes,’ the system reprints everything – adding the new orders / CG monographs.

If ‘No,’ the system prints only the newly added orders / CG monographs.

If ‘Cancel,’ the system

Page 50: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 50 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Scenario User Action System Printing Actions System Response to User Prompt Selection

cancels the patient encounter change.

Changes patient.

If previously printed – before printing (based on check boxes) system prompts the user “You have new patient education materials to print. Do you wish to reprint materials […] previously printed during this session? (Yes / No / Cancel).”

If ‘Yes,’ the system reprints everything – adding the new orders / CG monographs.

If ‘No,’ the system prints only the newly added orders / CG monographs.

If ‘Cancel,’ the system cancels the change of patients.

Logs off.

If previously printed – before printing (based on check boxes) system prompts the user “You have new patient education materials to print. Do you wish to reprint materials […] previously printed during this session? (Yes / No / Cancel).”

If ‘Yes,’ the system reprints everything – adding the new orders / CG monographs.

If ‘No,’ the system prints only the newly added orders / CG monographs.

If ‘Cancel,’ the system cancels the logoff.

Print options & Print Patient Education button on the Encounter Summary

Page 51: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 51 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Figure 15 (G) Document

Page 52: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 52 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(G1) Note: Acute Visit This workflow defines the steps for documenting an acute visit patient encounter. This visit type is typically associated with an acute self-limited problem, such as with an established patient returning for a simple check-up or problem. This type of visit is typically symptom (or chief complaint) driven and can be both highly specific (templates built for specific common complaints) or generic (templates built for multiple symptoms) to accommodate multiple combinations of symptoms and more non-predictable visits.

Figure 16 (G1) Note: Acute Visit

To document an acute visit patient encounter, follow these steps:

1) Has the note been started by the clinical staff? As part of the intake process some practices have the clinical staff begin the note and document various note sections defined by the organization. If the note was started, the provider should already be within the note as part of the Retrieve process and should proceed to step 3.

2) If the note was not started by the clinical staff, the provider starts the note. All information collected by the clinical staff during the Intake Process will populate the various note sections, as defined for the specific visit type selected to document the visit. Follow these steps to begin a note:

a) The provider should already be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR and have the desired patient in context (appears within the Patient Banner) since previously completing the Retrieve workflow.

Page 53: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 53 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

b) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Note Authoring icon. The Note Selector displays.

c) Validate the Style selected is Note.

d) The provider’s specialty should default. Adjust as appropriate.

e) Select the appropriate Visit Type and/or Visit Sub-Type.

3) Provider reviews the Chief Complaint(s) and updates as needed. To add or remove chief complaints, follow these steps:

a) From within the Note Authoring workspace (NAW), click on the Chief Complaint note section to review the chief complaints entered during the intake process.

i) To add a new chief complaint, click New on the action toolbar. Select the desired chief complaint(s) and click OK.

ii) To remove a chief complaint, deselect the chief complaint by clicking on the check box next to the item.

iii) If updates were made, click Recompile.

b) From the Note Selector page, review the chief complaints entered during the intake process under the Chief Complaint section.

i) To accept with no changes, click OK. The Note Authoring workspace displays.

ii) To modify, click on the Add/Remove Chief Complaint link. Once the chief complaint(s) are correct, click OK to return to the note selector. Click OK. The Note Authoring workspace displays.

4) The system compiles the correct Note Forms based on the specialty, visit type, chief complaint(s) and the patient’s age and sex.

5) Provider completes the associated Note Form(s) for the History of Present Illness (HPI) section as appropriate. HPI should be set to auto-configure Note Forms based on the chief complaint or chief complaints selected.

6) Provider completes the associated Note Form(s) for the Review of Systems (ROS) section as appropriate. ROS should have standard review of system Note Forms automatically defaulted as part of the input template.

You can either delete or clear Note Forms by right-clicking on the Form and selecting Delete Form or Clear Form.

7) Provider completes the associated Note Form(s) for the Physical Exam (PE) section as appropriate. The PE section should have standard physical exam Note Forms automatically defaulted as part of the input template.

Click on the “carrot” symbol to quickly navigate to the next section in a long Note Form.

8) Provider assesses the patient’s problems as appropriate. Problems are assessed not only for clinical documentation purposes, but for billing purposes as well. Follow these steps to assess a problem under the Assessment note section:

Page 54: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 54 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

a) To assess an existing problem, do the following:

i) Click on the box next to the desired problem. A checkmark appears within the box indicating the problem is assessed. The problem will change to magenta-colored text.

b) To add a new problem, do the following:

i) Click New on the action toolbar. The system launches the Add Clinical Item workspace with the History Builder primary tab and Active (problem) secondary tab active.

ii) Find the desired problem using Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

iii) Select a problem by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box or double-click on the desired problem to add details.

iv) Repeat steps ii – iii, as needed

v) When finished, click OK. The system returns to the Note Authoring workspace.

The first assessed diagnosis is marked as the primary diagnosis for billing purposes by default: the order of the diagnoses can be changed in the assessment section by right-clicking and selecting the appropriate option from the context menu.

9) Is there an order needed for this patient visit? This could include any order type, such as a prescription, a laboratory or radiology order, an order for medication administration or immunization, and so on.

10) If an order is needed, the provider creates the necessary orders and completes the plan for the patient. Follow the (H) Order & Plan workflows for more information and review the certified workflow steps for ordering. The Plan note section displays the new orders entered for the encounter.

11) Provider adjusts patient education materials, if needed. Patient education materials should be set to print automatically for an ad hoc order or CareGuide template that is selected during an encounter. However, a provider may need to occasionally modify when or what patient education materials should print that differs from his/her default. Refer to the Printing Education Materials section in the Document Introduction workflow for further details. To adjust when or what patient education materials print, follow these steps:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, click the Encounter Summary icon.

b) Review the orders that are listed in the Encounter Summary workspace.

c) Select (or de-select) the appropriate Patient Education options:

i) Patient Instructions (CareGuide)

(1) Monographs – (if the patient has received this monograph a few times in the past, the provider may decide to not print again)

(2) Instructions

(3) Spanish

ii) Patient Instructions (Ad Hoc)

d) Click Print Pt. Ed. The Print Dialog box displays.

e) Validate the printer information. Adjust if necessary.

Page 55: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 55 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

f) Click OK. The system will return you to the Encounter Summary workspace.

g) Click Continue. Any adjustments made to the print selections will be adhered to until the encounter information is saved.

12) The provider documents the Discussion and Summary for the visit. Information for this particular note section can be documented within a specific Note Form, dictated, or directly entered into the Note Accumulator.

13) Provider reviews note output(s). Allscripts recommends that prior to signing the note, the provider review the output or outputs for the encounter. Output templates determine how, where, and what information from the note input will appear within each output. Follow these steps to review an output:

a) From the Note Authoring workspace, validate the desired output or outputs are checked and select View (bottom left corner).

b) The Note Output workspace displays.

c) Click on the corresponding tab to see a specific output. Default is the ‘All’ view.

14) Are carbon copies needed? The provider may need to send carbon copies of certain outputs to other providers or to the patient.

15) If carbon copies are needed, follow these steps to select the appropriate recipients:

a) From within the Note Output workspace, click on the Carbon Copies icon (upper left corner).

b) Select the appropriate Output document tab (Individual or All).

c) Select the appropriate recipient:

▪ By Role: Place a checkmark next to the appropriate provider or current patient selection in the box located in the Role column.

▪ Manual: Click on the Manual tab and select either a provider or referring provider from the corresponding dictionary lookup.

▪ Ad Hoc: Click Ad Hoc and manually type in the recipient’s name and select the method of communication: Print or Fax. Finish by typing in optional information of address, city, state, Zip Code, and fax number.

d) Click OK. The selected recipients display in the Note Output header.

Carbon Copy functionality must first be set up within Auto Print Defaults and enabled for the desired outputs.

16) Once complete, the provider is ready to sign and finalize the note information. To sign and finalize note output documents, do the following:

a) From the Note Output workspace, click Sign. The Note Signature dialog box displays.

b) Enter the appropriate password.

c) If the note should be made “final,” verify the checkmark is in the Make Final box. Otherwise, if it should not be finalized at this time, uncheck the box.

d) Click OK.

Page 56: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 56 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

The system displays the following note icon on the daily Schedule next to the patient’s name to indicate that the Note was signed and finalized

17) Once the encounter information has been committed, any patient education materials set up to print automatically will print.

18) Will the provider need to submit charges for the patient visit?

19) If yes, the provider charges for the visit. Follow workflow (J2) Charging from Note for the Certified Workflow detailed steps.

20) Provider updates the patient status and directs the patient to check-out. To set the patient status from the Clinical Toolbar, follow these steps:

a) Click the Status drop-down list. A list of available statuses displays.

b) Select the appropriate status.

21) Refer to the (K) Follow-up and Check-out workflows for the Certified Workflow detailed steps.

Page 57: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 57 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(G2) Note: New or Chronic Visit This workflow defines the steps for documenting a new or chronic visit patient encounter. This visit type is typically associated with a patient with highly complex or multiple chronic problems. New patients are also included in this category due to the more in-depth documentation and review required. This type of visit is typically problem driven, rather than symptom driven, with a high level of specificity and applies to specialties such as Internal Medicine, Cardiology, Urology, and so forth.

Figure 17 (G2) Note: New or Chronic Visit

G

J2

K

G2

(4)Provider starts the

note

(6)Provider

documents History of Present Illness

(HPI)

(8)Provider performs and documents Physical Exam

(PE)

(5)Note complies Note Forms based on

problem(s)

(7)Provider

documents Review of Systems (ROS)

(10)Order needed?

(14)Provider reviews Note Output(s)

Yes

No

(12)Provider adjusts patient education

materials if needed

(11)Provider creates

order(s) & completes plan

(13)Provider

documents Discussion/ Summary

(19)Provider charging

for visit?

No

(21)Provider updates patient status & directs patient to

checkout

(17)Provider Signs Note Output(s)

(15)Carbon Copies

Required?

No

(16)Provider identifies Carbon Copy list

Yes

(18)Patient

Education Materials print,

as defined

H

(2)Has note already

been started?

(20)Provider charges

for visitYes

(9)Provider reviews

assessed problems &

updates if needed

(1)Provider assesses

problems

(3)Provider

recompiles noteYes

No

To document a chronic or new visit patient encounter, follow these steps:

1) The provider begins by assessing the problems for the patient. These may be preliminary problems that will be confirmed once the visit is complete. However, assessing the problems at this stage will allow the note to compile the necessary Note Forms based on the assessed problems.

a) To assess an existing problem, follow these steps:

i) The provider should already be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR and have the desired patient in context (appears within the Patient Banner) since previously completing the Retrieve workflow.

ii) Click on the Problem component tab.

iii) Place a checkmark in the box next to the appropriate problem.

b) To add a new problem, follow these steps:

Page 58: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 58 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

i) The provider should already be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR and have the desired patient in context (appears within the Patient Banner) since previously completing the Retrieve workflow.

ii) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Add New Problem icon. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays with the History Builder primary tab and Active (problem) secondary tab active.

iii) Find the desired problem using Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

iv) Select a problem by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box or double-click on the desired problem to add details.

v) Click OK.

2) Has the note been started by the clinical staff? As part of the intake process some practices have the clinical staff begin the note and document various note sections defined by the organization.

3) If the note was started, the provider recompiles the note to pull in any additional Note Forms based on the newly assessed problems. To recompile a note, do the following:

a) From the Note Authoring workspace, click on Recompile on the action toolbar (at the bottom of the page).

b) Proceed to step 5.

4) If the note was not started by the clinical staff, the provider starts the note. All information collected by the clinical staff during the Intake Process will populate the various note sections, as defined for the specific visit type selected to document the visit. Follow these steps to begin a note:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Note Authoring icon. The Note Selector displays.

b) Validate the Note Style selected is Note.

c) The provider’s specialty should default. Adjust as appropriate.

d) Select the appropriate Visit Type and/or Visit Sub-Type.

e) Click OK.

5) The system compiles the correct Note Forms based on the specialty, visit type, problems assessed, and the patient’s age and sex.

6) Provider completes the associated Note Form(s) for the History of Present Illness (HPI) section as appropriate. HPI should be set to auto-configure Note Forms based on the chief complaint or chief complaints selected.

7) Provider completes the associated Note Form(s) for the Review of Systems (ROS) section as appropriate. ROS should have standard review of system Note Forms automatically defaulted as part of the Input template.

Note Forms can be either deleted or cleared by right-clicking on the form and selecting Delete Form or Clear Form.

Page 59: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 59 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

8) Provider completes the associated Note Form(s) for the Physical Exam (PE) section as appropriate. The PE section should have standard physical exam Note Forms automatically defaulted as part of the input template.

Click on the “carrot” symbol to quickly navigate to the next section in a long Note Form.

9) Provider reviews the assessed problems and updates if needed. Follow these steps to update a problem under the Assessment note section:

a) To assess an existing problem, do the following:

i) Click on the box next to the desired problem. A checkmark appears within the box indicating the problem is assessed. The problem will change to magenta-colored text.

b) To add a new problem, do the following:

i) Click New on the action toolbar. The system launches the Add Clinical Item workspace with the History Builder primary tab and Active (problem) secondary tab active.

ii) Find the desired problem using Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

iii) Select a problem by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box or double-click on the desired problem to add details.

iv) Repeat steps ii – iii, as needed.

v) When finished, click OK. The system returns to the Note Authoring workspace.

10) Is there an order needed for this patient visit? This could include any order type, such as a prescription, a laboratory or radiology order, an order for medication administration or immunization, and so on.

11) If an order is needed, the provider creates necessary orders and completes plan for the patient. Follow the (H) Order & Plan workflows for more information and review the certified workflow steps for ordering. The Plan note section displays the new orders entered for the encounter.

12) Provider adjusts patient education materials, if needed. Patient education materials should be set to print automatically for an ad hoc order or CareGuide template that is selected during an encounter. However, a provider may need to occasionally modify when or what patient education materials should print that differs from his/her default. Refer to the Printing Education Materials section in the Document Introduction workflow for further details. To adjust when or what patient education materials, follow these steps:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, click the Encounter Summary icon.

b) Review the orders that are listed in the Encounter Summary workspace.

c) Select (or de-select) the appropriate Patient Education options:

i) Patient Instructions (CareGuide)

(1) Monographs – (if the patient has received this monograph a few times in the past, the provider may decide to not print again)

(2) Instructions

(3) Spanish

Page 60: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 60 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

ii) Patient Instructions (Ad Hoc)

d) Click Print Pt. Ed. The Print Dialog box displays.

e) Validate the printer information. Adjust if necessary.

f) Click OK. The system returns you to the Encounter Summary workspace.

g) Click Continue. Any adjustments made to the print selections will be adhered until the encounter information is saved.

13) The provider documents the Discussion & Summary for the visit. Information for this particular note section can be documented within a specific Note Form, dictated, or directly entered into the Note Accumulator.

14) Provider reviews the Note Output(s). Allscripts recommends that prior to signing the note, the provider review the output or outputs for the encounter. Output templates determine how, where, and what information from the note input will appear within each output. Follow these steps to review an output:

a) From the Note Authoring workspace, validate the desired output or outputs are checked and select View (bottom left corner).

b) The Note Output workspace displays.

c) Click on the corresponding tab to see a specific output. The default is the ‘All’ view.

15) Are carbon copies needed? The provider may need to send carbon copies of certain outputs to other providers or to the patient.

16) If carbon copies are needed, follow these steps to select the appropriate recipients:

a) From within the Note Output workspace, click on the Carbon Copies icon (upper left corner).

b) Select the appropriate Output document tab (Individual or All).

c) Select the appropriate recipient:

▪ By Role: Place a checkmark next to the appropriate provider or current patient selection in the box located in the Role column.

▪ Manual: Click the Manual tab and select either a provider or referring provider from the corresponding dictionary lookup.

▪ Ad Hoc: Click Ad Hoc and manually type in the recipient’s name and select the method of communication: Print or Fax. Finish by typing in optional information of address, city, state, Zip Code, and fax number.

d) Click OK. The selected recipients display in the Note Output header.

Carbon Copy functionality must first be set up within Auto Print Defaults and enabled for the desired outputs.

17) Once complete, the provider is ready to sign and finalize the note information. To sign and finalize note output documents, do the following:

a) From the Note Output workspace, click Sign. The Note Signature dialog box displays.

b) Enter in the appropriate password.

c) If the note should be made “final,” verify the checkmark is in the Make Final box. Otherwise, if it should not be made finalized at this time, uncheck the box.

Page 61: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 61 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

d) Click OK.

The system displays the following note icon on the daily Schedule next to the patient’s name to indicate that the note was signed and finalized

18) Once the encounter information has been committed, any patient education materials set up to print automatically will print.

19) Will the provider need to submit charges for the patient visit?

20) If yes, the provider charges for the visit. Follow workflow (J2) Charging from Note for the Certified Workflow detailed steps.

21) Provider updates the patient status and directs the patient to check-out. To set the patient status from the Clinical Toolbar, follow these steps:

a) Click the Status drop-down list. A list of available statuses displays.

b) Select the appropriate status.

22) Refer to the (K) Follow-up and Check-out workflows for the Certified Workflow detailed steps.

Page 62: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 62 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(G3) Note: Procedure Visit This workflow defines the steps for documenting a procedure visit. This type of visit is associated with an encounter that includes a procedure. This visit type requires templates with a higher level of specificity for efficient documentation, such as seen in the surgical specialties.

Figure 18 (G3) Note: Procedure Visit

To document a procedure visit patient encounter, follow these steps:

1) Has the note been started by the clinical staff? As part of the intake process some practices have the clinical staff begin the note and document various note sections defined by the organization. If the note was started, the provider should already be within the note as part of the Retrieve process and should proceed to step 4.

2) If the note was not started by the clinical staff, the provider starts the note. All information collected by the clinical staff during the Intake Process will populate the various note sections, as defined for the specific visit type selected to document the visit. Follow these steps to begin a note:

a) The provider should already be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR and have the desired patient in context (appears within the Patient Banner) since previously completing the Retrieve workflow.

b) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Note Authoring icon. The Note Selector displays.

c) Validate the Note Style selected is Note.

Page 63: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 63 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

d) The provider’s specialty should default. Adjust as appropriate.

e) Select the appropriate Visit Type and/or Visit Sub-Type.

f) Click OK.

3) The system compiles the correct Note Forms based on the specialty, visit type selected, and the patient’s age and gender.

4) Provider documents the appropriate note sections. The note sections that require documentation will vary based on the procedure being performed.

Providers may also right-click on an existing note form within the Table of Contents and add an image or another note form above or below the highlighted note form.

5) Provider performs and documents the procedure as appropriate.

6) Provider assesses the patient’s problems as appropriate. Problems are assessed not only for clinical documentation purposes, but for billing purposes as well. Follow these steps to assess a problem under the Assessment note section:

a) To assess an existing problem, do the following:

i) Click on the box next to the desired problem. A checkmark appears within the box indicating the problem is assessed. The problem will change to magenta-colored text.

b) To add a new problem, do the following:

i) Click New on the action toolbar. The system launches the Add Clinical Item workspace with the History Builder primary tab and Active (problem) secondary tab active.

ii) Find the desired problem using Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

iii) Select a problem by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box or double-click on the desired problem to add details.

iv) Repeat steps ii – iii, as needed.

v) When finished, click OK. The system returns to the Note Authoring workspace.

The first assessed diagnosis is marked as the primary diagnosis for billing purposes by default: the order of the diagnoses can be changed in the assessment section by right-clicking and selecting the appropriate option from the context menu.

7) Is there an order needed for this patient visit? This could include any order type, such as a prescription, a laboratory or radiology order, an order for medication administration or immunization, and so on.

8) If an order is needed, the provider creates the necessary orders and completes the plan for the patient. Follow the (H) Order & Plan workflows for more information and review the certified detailed workflow steps for ordering. The Plan note section displays the new orders entered for the encounter.

9) Provider adjusts patient education materials, if needed. Patient education materials should be set to print automatically for an ad hoc order or CareGuide template that is selected during an encounter. However, a provider may need to occasionally modify when or what patient

Page 64: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 64 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

education materials should print that differs from his/her default. Refer to the Printing Education Materials section in the Document Introduction workflow for further details. To adjust when or what patient education materials, follow these steps:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, click the Encounter Summary icon.

b) Review the orders that are listed in the Encounter Summary workspace.

c) Select (or de-select) the appropriate Patient Education options:

i) Patient Instructions (CareGuide)

(1) Monographs – (if the patient has received this monograph a few times in the past, the provider may decide to not print again)

(2) Instructions

(3) Spanish

ii) Patient Instructions (Ad Hoc)

d) Click Print Pt. Ed. The Print Dialog box displays.

e) Validate the printer information. Adjust if necessary.

f) Click OK. The system returns you to the Encounter Summary workspace.

g) Click Continue. Any adjustments made to the print selections will be adhered until the encounter information is saved.

10) The provider documents the Discussion & Summary for the visit. Information for this particular note section can be documented within a specific Note Form, dictated, or directly entered into the Note Accumulator.

11) Provider reviews Note Output(s). Allscripts recommends that prior to signing the note, the provider review the output or outputs for the encounter. Output templates determine how, where, and what information from the note input will appear within each output. Follow these steps to review an output:

a) From the Note Authoring workspace, validate the desired output or outputs are checked and select View (bottom left corner).

b) The Note Output workspace displays.

c) Click on the corresponding tab to see a specific output. Default is the ‘All’ view.

12) Are carbon copies needed? The provider may need to send carbon copies of certain outputs to other providers or to the patient.

13) If carbon copies are needed, follow these steps to select the appropriate recipients:

a) From within the Note Output workspace, click on the Carbon Copies icon (upper left corner).

b) Select the appropriate Output document tab (Individual or All).

c) Select the appropriate recipient:

▪ By Role: Place a checkmark next to the appropriate provider or current patient selection in the box located in the Role column.

▪ Manual: Click on the Manual tab and select either a provider or referring provider from the corresponding dictionary lookup.

Page 65: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 65 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

▪ Ad Hoc: Click Ad Hoc and manually type in the recipient’s name and select the method of communication: Print or Fax. Finish by typing in optional information of address, city, state, Zip Code, and fax number.

d) Click OK. The selected recipients display in the Note Output header.

Carbon Copy functionality must first be set up within Auto Print Defaults and enabled for the desired outputs.

14) Once complete, the provider is ready to sign and finalize the note information. To sign and finalize note output documents, do the following:

a) From the Note Output workspace, click Sign. The Note Signature dialog box displays.

b) Enter the appropriate password.

c) If the note should be made “final,” verify the checkmark is in the Make Final box. Otherwise, if it should not be made finalized at this time, uncheck the box.

d) Click OK.

The system displays the following note icon on the daily Schedule next to the patient’s name to indicate that the note was signed and finalized.

15) Once the encounter information has been committed, any patient education materials set up to print automatically will print.

16) Will the provider need to submit charges for the patient visit?

17) If yes, the provider charges for the visit. Follow workflow (J2) Charging from Note for the Certified Workflow detailed steps.

18) Provider updates the patient status and directs the patient to check-out. To set the patient status from the Clinical Toolbar, follow these steps:

a) Click the Status drop-down list. A list of available statuses displays.

b) Select the appropriate status.

19) Refer to the (K) Follow-up and Check-out workflows for the Certified Workflow detailed steps.

Page 66: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 66 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(G4) Note: Health Maintenance This workflow defines the steps for documenting a health maintenance visit. This type of visit is typically associated with a routine well child or adult check-up patient encounter. This visit type is typically of medium complexity, is of high specificity, and is driven by the patient’s age and gender. Common specialties with this type of visit are pediatrics, family practice, and OB-GYN.

Figure 19 (G4) Note: Health Maintenance

To document a health maintenance visit, follow these steps:

1) Has the note been started by the clinical staff? As part of the intake process some practices have the clinical staff begin the note and document various note sections defined by the organization. If the note was started, the provider should already be within the note as part of the Retrieve process and should proceed to step 4.

2) If the note was not started by the clinical staff, the provider starts the note. All information collected by the clinical staff during the Intake Process will populate the various note sections, as defined for the specific visit type selected to document the visit. Follow these steps to begin a note:

a) The provider should already be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR and have the desired patient in context (appears within the Patient Banner) since previously completing the Retrieve workflow.

b) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Note Authoring icon. The Note Selector displays.

c) Validate the Note Style selected is Note.

Page 67: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 67 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

d) The provider’s specialty should default. Adjust as appropriate.

e) Select the appropriate Visit Type and/or Visit Sub-Type.

f) Click OK.

3) The system compiles the correct Note Forms based on the specialty, visit type selected, and the patient’s age and gender.

4) Provider completes the associated Note Form(s) for the History of Present Illness (HPI) section as appropriate. HPI should be set to auto-configure Note Forms based on the chief complaint or chief complaints selected.

5) Provider completes the associated Note Form(s) for the Review of Systems (ROS) section as appropriate. ROS should have standard review of system Note Forms automatically defaulted as part of the Input template.

You can either delete or clear Note Forms by right-clicking on the Form and selecting Delete Form or Clear Form.

6) Provider completes the associated Note Form(s) for the Physical Exam (PE) section as appropriate. The PE section should have standard physical exam Note Forms automatically defaulted as part of the input template.

Click on the “carrot” symbol to quickly navigate to the next section in a long note form.

7) Provider assesses the patient’s problems as appropriate. Problems are assessed not only for clinical documentation purposes, but for billing purposes as well. Follow these steps to assess a problem under the Assessment note section:

a) To assess an existing problem, click on the box next to the desired problem. A checkmark appears within the box indicating the problem is assessed. The problem will change to magenta-colored text.

b) To add a new problem, do the following:

i) Click New on the action toolbar. The system launches the Add Clinical Item workspace with the History Builder primary tab and Active (problem) secondary tab active.

ii) Find the desired problem using Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

iii) Select a problem by entering a checkmark in the appropriate box or double-click on the desired problem to add details.

iv) Repeat steps ii – iii, as needed

v) When finished, click OK. The system returns to the Note Authoring workspace.

The first assessed diagnosis is marked as the primary diagnosis for billing purposes by default: the order of the diagnoses can be changed in the assessment section.

Page 68: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 68 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

8) Is there an order or an order reminder needed for this patient visit? This may include placing actual orders or setting up reminders to have orders done at a later time.

9) If an order is needed, the provider creates the necessary orders and completes the plan for the patient. Follow the (H) Order & Plan workflows for more information and review the certified detailed workflow steps for ordering. The Plan note section displays the new orders entered for the encounter.

10) Provider adjusts patient education materials, if needed. Patient education materials should be set to print automatically for an ad hoc order or CareGuide template that is selected during an encounter. However, a provider may need to occasionally modify when or what patient education materials should print that differs from his/her default. Refer to the Printing Education Materials section in the Document Introduction workflow for further details. To adjust when or what patient education materials, follow these steps:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, click the Encounter Summary icon.

b) Review the orders that are listed in the Encounter Summary workspace.

c) Select (or de-select) the appropriate Patient Education options:

i) Patient Instructions (CareGuide)

(1) Monographs – (if the patient has received this monograph a few times in the past, the provider may decide to not print again)

(2) Instructions

(3) Spanish

ii) Patient Instructions (Ad Hoc)

d) Click Print Pt. Ed. The Print Dialog box displays.

e) Validate the printer information. Adjust if necessary.

f) Click OK. The system returns you to the Encounter Summary workspace.

g) Click Continue. Any adjustments made to the print selections will be adhered until the encounter information is saved.

11) The provider documents the Discussion & Summary for the visit. Information for this particular note section can be documented within a specific Note Form, dictated, or directly entered into the Note Accumulator.

12) Provider reviews Note Output(s). Allscripts recommends that prior to signing the note, the provider review the output or outputs for the encounter. Output templates determine how, where, and what information from the note input will appear within each output. Follow these steps to review an output:

a) From the Note Authoring workspace, validate the desired output or outputs are checked and select View (bottom left corner).

b) The Note Output workspace displays.

c) Click on the corresponding tab to see a specific output. Default is the ‘All’ view.

13) Are carbon copies needed? The provider may need to send carbon copies of certain outputs to other providers or to the patient.

14) If carbon copies are needed, follow these steps to select the appropriate recipients:

a) From within the Note Output workspace, click on the Carbon Copies icon (upper left corner).

Page 69: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 69 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

b) Select the appropriate Output document tab (Individual or All).

c) Select the appropriate recipient:

▪ By Role: Place a checkmark next to the appropriate provider or current patient selection in the box located in the Role column.

▪ Manual: Click on the Manual tab and select either a provider or referring provider from the corresponding dictionary lookup.

▪ Ad Hoc: Click Ad Hoc and manually type in the recipient’s name and select the method of communication: Print or Fax. Finish by typing in optional information of address, city, state, Zip Code, and fax number.

a. Click OK. The selected recipients display in the Note Output header.

Carbon Copy functionality must first be set up within Auto Print Defaults and enabled for the desired outputs.

15) Once complete, the provider is ready to sign and finalize the note information. To sign and finalize note output documents, do the following:

a) From the Note Output workspace, click Sign. The Note Signature dialog box displays.

b) Enter the appropriate password.

c) If the note should be made “final,” verify the checkmark is in the Make Final box. Otherwise, if it should not be made finalized at this time, uncheck the box.

d) Click OK.

The system displays the following note icon on the daily Schedule next to the patient’s name to indicate that the note was signed and finalized

16) Once the encounter information has been committed, any patient education materials set up to print automatically will print.

17) Will the provider need to submit charges for the patient visit?

18) If yes, the provider charges for the visit. Follow workflow (J2) Charging from Note for the certified workflow detailed steps.

19) Provider updates the patient status and directs the patient to check-out. To set the patient status from the Clinical Toolbar, follow these steps:

a) Click the Status drop-down list. A list of available statuses displays.

b) Select the appropriate status.

20) Refer to the (K) Follow-up and Check-out workflows for certified workflow detailed steps.

Page 70: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 70 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(G5) Note: Results Review This Note workflow defines the steps for documenting the necessary information or actions that correspond with reviewing patient results.

Figure 20 (G5) Note: Results Review

To document the review of patient results, follow these steps:

1) Is the note part of result verification? Providers can default note information as part of results verification.

2) If yes, the system compiles the correct visit type and note forms based on the result verification defaults.

3) If not, the provider starts a results review note. Follow these steps to begin a note:

a) The provider should already be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR and have the desired patient in context (appears within the Patient Banner).

b) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Note Authoring icon. The Note Selector displays.

c) Validate the Note Style selected is Note.

d) The provider’s specialty should default. Adjust as appropriate.

e) Select the appropriate Results Note from the Visit Type drop-down list.

f) Click OK.

Page 71: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 71 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

4) The system compiles the correct Note Forms based on the specialty, visit type selected, and the patient’s age and gender.

5) Provider enters comments to staff in the Message note section as appropriate.

6) Is there an order or an order reminder needed for this patient visit? This may include placing actual orders or setting up reminders to have orders done at a later time.

7) If an order is needed, the provider creates necessary orders and completes the plan for the patient. Follow the (H) Order & Plan workflows for more information and review the Certified Workflow steps for ordering. The Plan note section displays the new orders entered for the encounter.

8) Provider adjusts patient education materials, if needed. Patient education materials should be set to print automatically for an ad hoc order or CareGuide template that is selected during an encounter. However, a provider may need to occasionally modify when or what patient education materials should print that differs from his/her default. Refer to the Printing Education Materials section in the Document Introduction section for further details. To adjust when or what patient education materials, follow these steps:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, click the Encounter Summary icon.

b) Review the orders that are listed in the Encounter Summary workspace.

c) Select (or de-select) the appropriate Patient Education options:

i) Patient Instructions (CareGuide)

(1) Monographs – (if the patient has received this monograph a few times in the past, the provider may decide to not print again)

(2) Instructions

(3) Spanish

ii) Patient Instructions (Ad Hoc)

d) Click Print Pt. Ed. The Print Dialog box displays.

e) Validate the printer information. Adjust if necessary.

f) Click OK. The system returns you to the Encounter Summary workspace.

g) Click Continue. Any adjustments made to the print selections will be adhered until the encounter information is saved.

9) The provider documents the Discussion & Summary for the visit. Information for this particular note section can be documented within a specific Note Form, dictated, or directly entered into the Note Accumulator.

10) Provider reviews note output(s). Allscripts recommends that prior to signing the note, the provider review the output or outputs for the encounter. Output templates determine how, where, and what information from the note input will appear within each output. Follow these steps to review an output:

a) From the Note Authoring workspace, validate the desired output or outputs are checked and select View (bottom left corner).

b) The Note Output workspace displays.

c) Click on the corresponding tab to see a specific output. Default is the All view.

Page 72: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 72 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

11) Are carbon copies needed? The provider may need to send carbon copies of certain outputs to other providers or to the patient.

12) If carbon copies are needed, follow these steps to select the appropriate recipients:

a) From within the Note Output workspace, click on the Carbon Copies icon (upper left corner).

b) Select the appropriate Output document tab (Individual or All).

c) Select the appropriate recipient:

▪ By Role: Place a checkmark next to the appropriate provider or current patient selection in the box located in the Role column.

▪ Manual: Click on the Manual tab and select either a provider or referring provider from the corresponding dictionary lookup.

▪ Ad Hoc: Click Ad Hoc and manually type in the recipient’s name and select the method of communication: Print or Fax. Finish by typing in optional information of address, city, state, Zip Code, and fax number.

d) Click OK. The selected recipients display in the Note Output header.

Carbon Copy functionality must first be set up within Auto Print Defaults and enabled for the desired outputs.

13) Once complete, the provider is ready to sign and finalize the note information. To sign and finalize note output documents, do the following:

a) From the Note Output workspace, click Sign. The Note Signature dialog box displays.

b) Enter the appropriate password.

c) If the note should be made “final,” verify the checkmark is in the Make Final box. Otherwise, if it should not be made finalized at this time, uncheck the box.

d) Click OK.

14) Once the encounter information has been committed, any patient education materials set up to print automatically will print.

Page 73: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 73 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(G6) Dictation This workflow defines the steps for completing a dictation for a patient encounter. A dictation is when the provider records patient-specific information that needs to be typed or transcribed for a given encounter. Providers can insert dictations within a structured clinical note or dictate an entire unstructured document, such as a Discharge Summary.

This workflow supports Allscripts Enterprise EHR Dictate being used with either Allscripts Enterprise EHR Transcribe (no interface required) or directly to a transcription vendor (interface required). In addition, providers can also use Dragon’s Naturally Speaking (Dragon) voice recognition software as a mode of data entry into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. Dragon enables providers the ability to translate speech into text for information that they would otherwise dictate.

Figure 21 (G6) Dictation

To complete a dictation, follow these steps:

1) The provider determines that a dictation is needed for the patient encounter. To bring a patient into context for the encounter, do the following:

a) The provider should already be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR and have the desired patient in context (appears within the Patient Banner) since previously completing the Retrieve workflow.

2) Is the dictation part of a “structured” note?

3) If yes, will the provider be using Dragon Naturally Speaking software? This functionality is often referred to as “speech to text.”

4) If the provider is using Dragon, they dictate directly into the note section. To dictate into a note section using Dragon, complete the following:

Page 74: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 74 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

a) Make sure that Dragon is installed and configured properly on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR workstation.

b) From the Note Authoring workspace (NAW), click on the desired note section within the table of contents.

c) Place the cursor in the Note Accumulator workspace under the desired note section.

d) Dictate text as appropriate.

5) Once the note is complete, it is ready to be signed and finalized by the provider. To sign and finalize a document, follow these steps:

a) On the Note Authoring workspace (NAW), verify that all the appropriate output templates are checked in the lower left pane.

b) Click View. The system displays a preview of the individual documents. Providers can view all documents simultaneously or page through them individually.

c) Review desired outputs.

d) When ready, click Sign. The Note Signature page displays.

e) Enter the password and make sure that the Make Final option is checked.

f) Click OK.

6) If not using Dragon, the provider dictates the note section using a “dictation marker.” When the completed dictation is returned as text, it will automatically be inserted in the proper location within the note. Follow these steps to dictate a note section via dictation marker:

a) On the Note Authoring workspace (NAW), click on the desired note section in the table of contents.

b) Click on the microphone icon next to the desired note section. A dictation marker is inserted within the Note Accumulator for that note section. The marker is a combination of the dictating provider code, the current date and sequence number (for example, JMED-063007-1).

c) Verify that the correct dictation marker is in context on the Dictation toolbar. If the dictation marker is not displayed, double-click on the dictation marker within the Note Accumulator to bring it into context.

d) Click Record to start recording your dictation. When the provider begins recording, the status bar indicates “Recording…”, the sound meter reflects incoming sound, and the Record button changes to a Pause button.

e) Click Pause to stop the recording.

f) Access the Dictation menu to mark the dictation as Stat, if necessary.

g) When complete, click Done to submit the dictation to the server for transcription.

Placeholders can only be dictated in a Note Section that has been identified with a “Dictation Placeholder.” A Dictation Placeholder is inserted into a given Note Type during the input template creation process or can be inserted “on the fly”. Refer to detailed instructions in the (G) Document Introduction Section on how to insert a Dictation Marker.

Page 75: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 75 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

7) The status of the note changes to “Needs Input” to reflect that the note is waiting for additional information before it should be finalized by the provider. In addition, a “Waiting for Transcription” (delegated) task is created, which can be used for tracking purposes.

8) If the dictation is not part of a structured note, the provider dictates the entire document for the patient in context. These unstructured dictations are created from the Schedule or a Patient List. To create an unstructured dictation, complete the following steps:

a) The provider should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon and log in.

b) From the Schedule or Patient List, select a patient. The patient displays on the Patient Banner.

Providers (especially those using Tablet PCs) who will be dictating either from the Schedule or Patient List should be set up to automatically have the patient banner update when they single-click on a given patient. This functionality is defined by the web framework preferences “Patient List Update Pt Banner” and “Schedule Update Pt Banner,” which can be set at a system or user level.

c) Select the appropriate WorkType from the drop-down list on the Dictation toolbar. This is to indicate the document type that will result from the transcribed dictation.

d) Click Record to start recording your dictation. When the provider begins recording, the status bar indicates “Recording…,” the sound meter reflects incoming sound, and the Record button changes to a Pause button.

e) Click Pause to stop the recording.

f) Access the Dictation menu to mark the dictation as Stat, if necessary.

g) When complete, click Done to submit the dictation to the server for transcription.

9) Is Allscripts Enterprise EHR Transcribe being utilized to transcribe dictations?

10) If yes, the voice file from the dictation server becomes available in the Internet Typist. This application is used by the transcriptionist to access jobs waiting to be transcribed.

11) The assigned transcriptionist transcribes the voice file into the appropriate document. Follow workflow (N1) Transcribe Basics for the Certified Workflow steps.

12) Once the transcriptionist is finished typing the document, the completed document is sent to Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

13) If Allscripts Enterprise EHR Transcribe is not used, the voice file is sent via an outbound voice interface to the designated transcription vendor. Installation, configuration, and testing of this interface are required to complete this step.

14) The assigned transcription vendor is responsible for transcribing the voice file into the appropriate document.

15) The completed document is sent from the transcription vendor via an inbound document interface to Allscripts Enterprise EHR. Installation, configuration, and testing of this interface are required to complete this step.

16) Follow the (M) Document Management workflow to learn about how inbound transcriptions are handled once received in Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

Page 76: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 76 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(G7) Admin Forms This workflow discusses the steps for opening, completing, signing, and finalizing an Admin Form for a patient encounter. Allscripts Enterprise EHR Forms is a separate application where Admin Forms are built and maintained. The Allscripts Enterprise EHR Forms module works in conjunction with Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan.

Figure 22 (G7) Admin Forms

To process an Admin form, follow these steps:

1) The staff decides to use an Admin Form.

2) Follow these steps to select the appropriate Form:

a) The staff should already be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR and have the desired patient in context (appears within the Patient Banner).

b) From the Clinical Toolbar, click on the Note Authoring icon. The Note Selector displays.

c) Validate the Note Style selected is Admin Forms.

d) Select the desired Admin Form under Visit Type.

e) Click OK.

3) The staff completes the Admin Form as appropriate.

4) Once the form is complete, the staff needs to determine if further edits should be allowed.

5) If no further edits should be allowed, the Admin Form should be signed and finalized. To sign and finalize an Admin Form, do the following:

a) Click Sign. The Note Signature dialog box displays.

b) Enter in the appropriate password.

c) Make sure that the Make Final option is checked.

d) Click OK.

Page 77: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 77 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

6) The Admin Form is only available as a ‘Read-Only’ document (no further edits are allowed).

7) If further edits are required to the Admin Form, the form should be signed but not made final. Therefore, in the future edits can occur as needed. If the staff would like the Admin Form to be available for future additions or editing, do the following:

a) Click Sign. The Note Signature dialog box displays.

b) Enter in the appropriate password.

c) Make sure that the Make Final option is not checked.

d) Click OK.

8) The Admin Form is available to add additional information and/or edit in future encounters.

Page 78: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 78 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(H) Order and Plan Introduction A core function of an electronic health record is the ability to “transact” or to support the clinical process of creating electronic orders, prescriptions, referrals, medical supplies, and other administrative tools that support therapeutic medicine. With a paper record, these transactions typically begin with users filling out forms and end in a manual communication of some kind. By any measure, transact is a critical part of medical care. In the pre-electronic paper world, it is where most medical errors begin and so is the major source of potential harm to patients. It is also the starting point of most medical costs.

Transact is also where decision-support is most critical and electronic decision support the most successful. The most opportune time for clinicians to refer to best practices is when they are preparing to write orders or prescriptions, or proposing a diagnostic or therapeutic procedure.

This section contains workflow details to enable the clinician the opportunity to receive these benefits, for example:

Receive medication formulary checking feedback for prescriptions Produce accurate and legible prescriptions and orders Receive medical necessity checking for orders and charges Build patient care plans via problems and CareGuides

The workflows contained in this section are organized by the type of order a provider may create, including:

Ad Hoc Prescription—This workflow includes creating any type of prescription that is not initiated from a CareGuide or QuickSet. These can include prescriptions that may be linked to a problem.

Medications Management—This workflow includes guidance on the variety of actions a provider may take during the patient visit on existing prescriptions. This could include renewing, continuing, discontinuing, completing, or replacing currently active medication orders.

Medication Administrations—This workflow includes the steps a provider takes to order a medication that requires administration to the patient during their office visit. This workflow includes details about ordering a recurring schedule for the administration.

Immunizations—This workflow includes the steps a provider takes to order an immunization that requires administration to the patient during their office visit. This workflow includes details about ordering a recurring scheduling for the immunization.

Future Orders—This workflow details the nuances of creating laboratory, radiology, or any diagnostic test that must be done sometime in the future. For the purposes of this workflow, a future order is defined as one or more future orders for the same date (does not include recurring or scheduled orders).

Ad Hoc Diagnostic Orders—This workflow includes creating any type of laboratory, radiology, or diagnostic testing order that is not initiated from a CareGuide or QuickSet.

Follow-up or Referrals Orders—This workflow includes steps to create an order for a follow-up appointment or a referral appointment.

Instruction or Supply Orders—This workflow includes steps to create an order for patient instructions or supplies. This workflow also contains details for the clinical staff to utilize Worklists to manage the order status.

Page 79: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 79 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Order Reminders—This workflow includes steps to creating an order reminder.

QuickSets—This workflow includes steps to utilize a QuickSet to order a combination of a prescription and other order types, such as a laboratory or radiology order.

CareGuides—This workflow includes steps to utilize a CareGuide to order medications and any other type of order, such as a laboratory or radiology order, supplies, equipment, health maintenance items or patient instructions.

CareGuide functionality may require additional fees.

Figure 22 (H) Order and Plan

Utilizing CareGuides?

Yes

Yes

Creating an Ad Hoc Order?

Creating an Ad Hoc Prescription?

Utilizing QuckSets?

H

H10

H11

No

End

Diagnostic Test? H6

Yes

Yes

Follow-Up or Referral?

Instructions or Supplies?

Future Order?

No

No

H7

H8

H5

Yes

Yes

New Rx?

Meds Management?

Immunization?

Yes

No

No

H1

H2

H3

Yes

Yes

Yes

Med Administration?

No

No

NoH4Yes

Yes

No

No

D E3 G1 G2

G3 G4

Order Reminder?No

No

H9Yes

No

G5 J3

Page 80: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 80 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(H1) Ad Hoc Prescription The provider has determined a new prescription needs to be created as part of the patient’s encounter. The following workflow defines the steps to create a new, ad hoc prescription. The term ad hoc refers to the method of creating an order outside of using a CareGuide or QuickSet.

Figure 24 (H1) Ad Hoc Prescription

H

H1

End

(8)Call Pharmacy?

(4)Provider selects SIG, days supply and other Rx info

(5)Does Rx need to

be split?

(2)Provider selects

medication

(3)Provider responds to formulary and

allergy prompts, if needed

(6)Provider splits Rx

(7)Provider selects

output action(s) for prescription(s)

Yes

(8b)Provider selects patient preferred retail pharmacy

(8e)Call in Rx task

created

(8a)Provider selects action of Call Rx

(8f)Clinical Staff calls

Rx to retail pharmacy

(9)Dispense Sample?

(10)Print Rx?

(11)Send to Mail Order

or Retail

(9a)Provider selects

action of Dispense Sample

(10a)Provider selects action of Print Rx

(10d)Provider signs

paper Rx, if required

(11a)Provider selects either action of

Send to Mail Order or Send to Retail

(11b)Provider selects patient preferred

mail order or pharmacy

No

No

Yes

Yes

(9e)Clinical Staff

provides patient with medication

sample

(10e)Provider/Clinical

Staff gives printed Rx to patient

(11e)Rx transmitted via SureScripts

or RxHub to pharmacy

(11d)Provider

Electronically enrolled?

No

(11f)Rx transmitted

via fax to pharmacy

Yes

No

No

Yes

(8c)Provider completes Rx & responds to DUR warnings if

needed

(9b)Provider completes Rx & responds to DUR warnings if

needed

(10b)Provider completes Rx & responds to DUR warnings if

needed

(11c)Provider

completes Rx & responds to DUR

warnings if needed

(10c)Paper Rx prints

(9d)Dispense

Sample task created

(1)Provider determines

a prescription is required for a

problem

(8d)Provider updates

Patient Status

(9c)Provider updates

Patient Status

L2

To create a new, ad hoc prescription order, do the following:

1) During the patient visit, the provider determines that a prescription is needed for a problem. To link a problem to a medication order, do the following:

a) The patient should already be in context in the Patient Banner having been selected from the Schedule.

b) For an existing problem, click the box next to the problem name to assess or highlight the problem name to link without assessing from the problem component (on the Clinical Desktop or within the patient pane of the ACI).

c) For a new problem, start by adding a new problem by clicking on the Add New Problem

icon on the Clinical Toolbar to launch the Add Clinical Item (ACI) workspace.

Page 81: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 81 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

d) From the History Builder primary tab and Active secondary tab, locate the desired item by checking the box next to the problem. The newly added problem will display in the Patient Pane in the ACI.

e) Continue with the ordering process.

Sending an associated ICD-9 code is usually a requirement with most diagnostic vendors. Best Practice is to require the selection of a problem for an order. This will also aid in the learning and usage of QuickSets.

2) Provider selects a medication. To create a medication order, follow these steps:

a) If not already in the ACI from adding a new Problem, click the Add New Medication icon from the Clinical Toolbar or click New from the Note Authoring workspace (NAW) under the Plan section, if needed. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays.

Users can determine which primary tab to display (Rx/Orders or Problem-Based) when clicking the Add New Order icon by setting the ‘Add Clinical Item Order Selection Method Default’ order preference.

i) From Rx/Orders, go to the Rx secondary tab for medication orders.

ii) Find the order via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

If the provider is prescribing one or more medications that share the same prescription fulfillment action (for example, Send to Retail, Print, and so on), they have the ability to first define the action within the Add Clinical Item workspace prior to selecting any medications.

b) Enter a checkmark in the box next to the medication name. This selects the medication and automatically launches the Medication Details screen to fill in required prescription information.

Medication names may be found by either a brand or generic name. The search results display all variations of the drug searched on – brand drug names also display the equivalent generic name in parentheses.

3) The provider may be required to respond to two prompts at this point; 1) insurance formulary alternatives, or 2) allergy warning if the medication being prescribed would interact. The provider always has the option to cancel these warnings, return to the previous screen to select an alternate medication or enter a reason for overriding the prompt if appropriate.

4) From the Medication Details screen, the provider completes all required prescription information, including patient SIG, days supply, and quantity. The provider may also enter optional prescription information as desired, such as number of refills, Evaluate, Complete or Renew Status, DAW, and so forth.

▪ Use Evaluate: if the provider would like to prompt an evaluation prior to renewing the medication (form of notation).

▪ Use Renew: to indicate that the medication can be renewed without further evaluation (form of task).

Page 82: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 82 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

▪ Use Complete: to automatically remove medication from the current medication list once therapy is complete (medication will exist on past meds list).

If using the Dose Calculator, the last height and weight entered for the patient will automatically default and can be updated if needed. The provider enters the Target Dose and Frequency and clicks Calculate to generate the ‘Calculated SIG’. In addition, providers can round the SIG by clicking the Round button.

5) Does the prescription need to be split? Splitting is a way to easily create a second prescription of the same drug and dose form, but define separate quantity, days supply, number of refills, and prescription fulfillment action. This is commonly used for mail order prescriptions where the patient needs an initial prescription to take to a retail pharmacy while the mail order prescription is mailed in or where a sample medication is given and a second prescription is written for the patient to take to the pharmacy.

6) If the prescription needs to be split, follow these steps:

a) Enter a checkmark in the box next to Split Rx. Additional fields display.

b) Indicate days supply, quantity, and desired number of refills.

7) Once all the required information is entered, the provider selects the actions for the prescription or prescriptions when splitting (fulfillment action). The fulfillment action represent output options for the provider to select how the prescription is communicated to the pharmacy or recorded in the electronic chart. Each action produces a separate, unique “mini” workflow. Select one of the following actions:

▪ Phone the prescription into the pharmacy

▪ Dispense an office sample to the patient during the visit

▪ Print a paper copy of the prescription to give to the patient

▪ Record the prescription in the electronic chart

▪ Send the prescription to either a retail or mail order pharmacy

8) Does the provider want the clinical staff to phone the prescription into the pharmacy?

a) If yes, the provider selects the fulfillment action of Call Rx. A pharmacy field displays.

b) Select the patient’s preferred pharmacy (if needed). Select from either the drop-down list or click on the binoculars to do a search. Click OK when finished (on both the Medication Details page and ACI).

If the provider does not select a pharmacy the Order Status will be “Need Information” and the Order Status Reason will be “Pharmacy.” Any tasking dependent on this information will not be generated until the required information is supplied. A Worklist view can be setup to view these orders with missing pharmacy information.

c) The provider may be required to respond to additional Drug Utilization Review (DUR) prompts at this point prior to saving or committing the data.

i) These include Drug-Drug interaction warnings, Duplicate Therapy Warnings, or Drug-Health State (problem) warnings.

Page 83: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 83 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

ii) The provider always has the option to cancel these warnings, return to the previous screen to select an alternate medication, or enter a reason for overriding the prompt if appropriate.

d) The provider updates the patient status to “Orders Pending” to indicate to the clinical staff that actions need to be completed for the patient. To set the patient status from the Clinical Toolbar, do the following:

i) Click the Status drop-down list. A list of available statuses displays.

ii) Select the appropriate status

e) Once the data is committed, the system creates a “Call in Rx” task to notify the clinical staff that a prescription needs to be called into the pharmacy.

f) The clinical staff calls in the prescription to the pharmacy and completes the task. To complete this step, follow these steps:

i) Clinical staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

ii) From the Chart menu, click on the Task List horizontal toolbar.

iii) Select the View that looks at all tasks for the current patient encounter, including the Call in Rx tasks.

iv) Double-click on the desired Call in Rx task. The Medication Viewer displays with the information needed to call the prescription into the pharmacy.

v) Clinical staff calls the prescription into the appropriate pharmacy and then closes the window when call is completed.

vi) With the Call in Rx task still highlighted, click Done to complete the task.

9) Will the provider dispense an office sample to the patient during the visit?

a) If yes, the provider selects the fulfillment action of Dispense Sample and clicks OK (on both the Medication Details page and ACI).

b) The provider may be required to respond to additional Drug Utilization Review (DUR) prompts at this point prior to saving or committing the data.

i) These include Drug-Drug interaction warnings, Duplicate Therapy Warnings, or Drug-Health State (problem) warnings.

ii) The provider always has the option to cancel these warnings, return to the previous screen to select an alternate medication, or enter a reason for overriding the prompt if appropriate.

c) The provider updates the patient status to “Orders Pending” to indicate to the clinical staff that actions need to be completed for the patient. To set the patient status from the Clinical Toolbar, do the following:

i) Click the Status drop-down list. A list of available statuses displays.

ii) Select the appropriate status

d) Once the data is committed, the system creates a “Dispense Sample” task to notify clinical staff that a sample needs to be dispensed.

e) Clinical staff provides the patient with the sample medication and completes the task. To complete this step:

Page 84: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 84 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

i) Clinical staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

ii) From the Chart menu, click on the Task List horizontal toolbar.

iii) Select the View that looks at all tasks for the current patient encounter, including the Dispense Sample tasks.

iv) Double-click on the desired Dispense Sample task. The Medication Details page displays with the Record Sample workspace selected.

v) Enter the needed sample information such as quantity, Lot #, expiration date, dispensed by, manufacturer, dispense date, and therapy started date.

vi) Click OK. The Dispense Sample task auto-clears from the Task List.

10) Will the provider print a paper copy of the prescription to give to the patient?

a) If yes, the provider selects the fulfillment action of Print Rx and clicks OK (on both the Medication Details page and ACI).

b) The provider may be required to respond to additional Drug Utilization Review (DUR) prompts at this point prior to saving or committing the data.

i) These include Drug-Drug interaction warnings, Duplicate Therapy Warnings, or Drug-Health State (problem) warnings.

ii) The provider always has the option to cancel these warnings, return to the previous screen to select an alternate medication, or enter a reason for overriding the prompt if appropriate.

c) Once the data is committed, the system prints a paper copy of the prescription.

d) The provider signs the paper prescription, if required.

Refer to Federal and State regulations for when handwritten signatures are required for electronic prescriptions. Rules may vary per state. It is the responsibility of each organization to know their applicable laws!

e) Provider or clinical staff provides the printed prescription to the patient.

11) The remaining fulfillment actions that the provider may use are to send the prescription to either a retail or mail order pharmacy.

a) The provider selects the fulfillment action of either Send to Retail or Send to Mail Order.

b) Select the patient’s preferred pharmacy (if needed). Select from either the drop-down list or click on the binoculars to do a search. Click OK when finished (on both the Medication Details page and ACI).

c) The provider may be required to respond to additional Drug Utilization Review (DUR) prompts at this point prior to saving or committing the data.

i) These include Drug-Drug interaction warnings, Duplicate Therapy Warnings, or Drug-Health State (problem) warnings.

ii) The provider always has the option to cancel these warnings, return to the previous screen to select an alternate medication, or enter a reason for overriding the prompt if appropriate.

Page 85: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 85 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

d) Is the provider electronically enrolled in either Surescripts (retail pharmacies) or RxHub (mail order pharmacies)?

e) If yes, once the data is committed the system will automatically send the prescription directly to the selected pharmacy utilizing either the Surescripts or RxHub connections. This process is transparent to the provider.

f) If the provider is not electronically enrolled, once the data is committed the system will send the prescription to the selected pharmacy using traditional fax method. This process is transparent to the provider.

Page 86: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 86 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(H2) Meds Management The provider typically reviews the patient’s existing medication list during the clinical visit. A variety of actions may need to be taken concerning this list, depending on the patient’s specific situation. This workflow defines the steps that cover a variety of medication-related actions the provider can utilize during the patient’s visit.

Figure 25 (H2) Meds Management

H2(1)

Provider reviews patient medications

End

(5)Renew?

(9)Complete?

(5a)Provider renews

medication with or without changes

(8a)Provider

discontinues medication

(10a)Provider continues

medication

(9a)Provider completes

medication

(4)Provider determines to take action on a

medication

(8)Discontinue?

(11)Task need to be

sent?

(12)Provider creates

new task associated to

selected medication

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

H

(10)Continue?

(7)Adjust Med?

(6)Replace?

(2)Reported

changes to a medication?

No

(3)Provider updates

medication & changes status as

appropriate

Yes

(6a)Provider replaces

medicationYes

Yes

(7a)Provider adjusts

medication

No

No

No

No

Yes

End

(13)Go to Med task

created

To manage medication-related actions during the patient’s visit, do the following:

1) The provider reviews a patient’s medications usually during the course of a visit encounter with the patient. The patient should be in context within the Patient Banner after being selected from the Schedule as part of the Retrieve workflow. If not in context, follow these steps to bring a patient into context:

a) Provider should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b. From the Chart menu, click on the daily Schedule horizontal toolbar.

c. Review the schedule and double-click on the desired patient. If the desired patient is not on the Schedule, click Select Patient to do a search.

2) Did the provider receive any reported changes to a medication?

Page 87: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 87 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

3) If there was a reported change to an order that does not need to be reflected in the Note, the provider updates the medication and changes the status as appropriate. To update a medication with a reported change, do the following:

a) Right-click on the desired medication and select Edit. The Medication Details page displays.

b) Place a check within the Record without Ordering box.

c) Click Status… The Change Status dialog box displays.

d) Select the appropriate status from the drop-down list and click OK.

e) Update the medication information as appropriate.

f) When finished, click OK.

g) Click Commit on the Clinical Toolbar to save changes to the database.

i) The following elements of a prescription may be changed when utilizing the Edit action:

▪ Expected Action (Complete, Evaluate, Renew)

▪ Expected Action Date

▪ Managed by (provider)

▪ Therapy Start Date

▪ Therapy End Date

▪ Annotations

A medication entered originally as a Med Hx entry will allow the additional fields of SIG, Days, Qty, Refill, DAW, Pharmacy Instructions, Ordered By, Rx Date, Expires Date and Replaced to be changed when utilizing the Edit action

4) Provider completes the appropriate action for the patient’s existing medications as required to satisfy their specific needs. The provider can select from one or more of the following medication actions:

▪ Renew a prescription

▪ Replace a medication

▪ Adjust a prescription

▪ Discontinue a prescription

▪ Complete a prescription

▪ Continue a medication as directed

▪ Send task regarding medication

5) Does a prescription need to be renewed? To renew a prescription, follow these steps:

a) Right-click on the medication name and select either of the following:

i) Renew to renew with no changes.

ii) Renew with changes to renew with changes to any of the associated prescription information, such as days supply, quantity, number of refills, and so on. The Medication Details page displays.

Page 88: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 88 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(1) Change the appropriate prescription details.

(2) Click OK on the Medication Details page.

6) Does a medication need to be replaced? To replace a medication, do the following:

a) Click the Add New Medication icon on the Clinical Toolbar or New on the Meds/Orders component. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays.

b) From the Rx/Orders primary tab, click on the Rx secondary tab, if needed

c) Using the patient’s active problems list within the Patient pane (upper-left corner of the ACI), link a problem to a medication. To link a problem to a medication:

i) To assess and link the problem, enter a checkmark in the box (this assesses the problem for the visit and links the problem to the medication).

ii) To only link the problem to the order, single-click on the problem name to highlight.

d) Find the order via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

e) Enter a checkmark in the box next to the medication name. This selects the medication and automatically launches the Medication Details page to fill in required prescription information.

f) Respond to the following two prompts, if needed; 1) insurance formulary alternatives, or 2) allergy warning if the medication being prescribed would interact.

g) Select the desired SIG, Days supply, Quantity, number of refills, and other prescription details as appropriate.

h) Under the Additional Details section, click the Replaced drop-down list.

i) Select the appropriate medication that is being replaced with this new medication.

j) Click OK (on both the Medication Details page and ACI).

k) Respond to any DUR prompts, if needed.

l) The new medication is added to the patient’s Current Medications and the replaced medication is moved to the Past Meds.

7) Does a medication need to be adjusted? If there was a reported change to an order that needs to be reflected in the Note, follow these steps:

a) Right-click on the medication name and select Edit. The Medication Details page displays.

b) Make changes to the prescription as needed.

i) The following elements of a prescription may be changed when utilizing the Edit action:

▪ Expected Action (Complete, Evaluate, Renew)

▪ Expected Action Date

▪ Managed by (provider)

▪ Therapy Start Date

▪ Therapy End Date

▪ Annotations

c) Click OK on the medication details page.

d) The entry displays in magenta-colored text until it has been saved to the patient record.

Page 89: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 89 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

8) Does the prescription need to be discontinued? The purpose of this action is to indicate the medication therapy is being stopped (usually mid-course) for the patient. An example of this is maybe the patient is having an adverse reaction to the medication or the medication therapy is not having the desired affect and another course of medication will be given. To discontinue a medication, follow these steps:

a) Right-click on the appropriate medication and select D/C.

b) The medication is moved from Current Medications to the Past Medications view. The entry displays in magenta-colored text until it has been saved to the patient record.

9) Does the prescription need to be completed? The purpose of this action is to indicate the patient has completed the course of therapy and will no longer be taking the medication. To complete a prescription, follow these steps:

a) Right-click on the medication name and select Complete.

b) The medication is moved from the Current Medications to the Past Medications view. The entry displays in magenta-colored text until it has been saved to the patient record.

10) Does the prescription need to be continued? A provider may need to document that a prescription was discussed with the patient and indicate that the medication will be continued as directed. No new or renewal prescription is generated from this action. To continue a prescription, do the following:

a) Right-click on the medication name and select Continue.

b) The entry displays in magenta-colored text until it has been saved to the patient record.

11) Does the provider need to send a medication-related task? While reviewing the medications with a patient, the provider may want some follow-up done by the clinical staff.

12) If yes, the provider creates a task to document what needs to be done for a specific medication. To send a medication-related task, follow these steps:

a) Single-click on the desired medication name.

b) Click on the New Task icon. The Task Detail dialog box displays.

c) Select the Task type of “Go to Med” from the drop-down list.

d) Select the desired button (User or Team) to whom the task should be assigned.

e) Select the appropriate user or team from the drop-down list or by searching. To search for a user, click All.

f) In the Comments section, enter in the necessary details. Users may enter text either manually or with the use of text templates.

g) Alter the Activate and Overdue Date, if necessary.

h) Enter information for a Notify Task, if appropriate.

i) Click OK.

13) The system creates a “Go to Med” task to notify that some follow-up is needed for the selected medication.

Page 90: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 90 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(H3) Med Administration This workflow defines the steps for ordering medications that require administration during a patient visit. It specifically focuses on any medications that are administered within the office or practice, such as singular shots, pills, drops, and so on.

The medication administration workflow typically involves two different roles:

▪ Provider – individual who orders the medication. ▪ Clinical staff – individual who administers and records the med administration data.

Figure 26 (H3) Med Administration

H3

H

(1)Provider determines medication needs

administration for a problem

(3)Provider creates

order with schedule

(8)Clinical Staff records administration data

End

(6)Med Admin task created

(7)Clinical Staff administers

medication to patient

(2)Will administration

be recurring?

(4)Provider creates

single order

(9)Is administration

chargeable?

No

(5)Provider changes Patient status to

“Order Pending” & saves encounter data

Yes

No

Yes J4

To administer a medication during the patient’s visit, do the following:

1) During the patient’s visit, the provider determines that a medication requiring administration is needed for a problem. To link a problem to a medication administration order, do the following:

a) The patient should already be in context in the Patient Banner having been selected from the Schedule.

b) For an existing problem, click the box next to the problem name to assess or highlight the problem name to link without assessing from the problem component (on the Clinical Desktop or within the patient pane of the ACI).

c) For a new problem, start by adding a new problem by clicking on the Add New Problem icon on the Clinical Toolbar to launch the Add Clinical Item (ACI) workspace.

d) From the History Builder primary tab and Active secondary tab, locate the desired item by checking the box next to the problem. The newly added problem will display in the Patient Pane in the ACI.

e) Continue with the ordering process.

2) Does the administration require multiple instances or a schedule to be created? These are typically referred to as recurring or standing orders.

Page 91: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 91 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

3) If yes, the provider creates a medication administration order with a schedule. To create an order with a schedule, follow these steps:

a) If not already in the ACI from adding a new Problem, click on the Add New Medication icon on the Clinical Toolbar or click New from the Note Authoring workspace (NAW) under the Plan section.

b) From the Rx/Orders primary tab, click on the Med Admin secondary tab.

If all medications will have the same Schedule applied, click the Schedule button directly on the ACI workspace. This will apply the same schedule to all medications selected. Otherwise, select a schedule for each individual medication.

c) Search the desired medication via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

d) Select a medication by placing a checkmark in the box next to the medication name. This selects the medication and automatically launches the Medication Details page to fill in the required information.

e) Respond to the following two prompts, if needed; 1) insurance formulary alternatives, or 2) allergy warning if the medication being prescribed would interact.

f) Select or enter the appropriate SIG.

g) Click the Schedule button. The Scheduled Dialog box displays.

h) Select one of the following scheduling options:

▪ Dates—allows the provider to manually select specific dates for administration.

The user must manually select today’s date if the first administration is to be done today. Otherwise, the To Be Done date defaults to the first date manually selected by the user.

▪ Recurring—allows the provider to define a recurrence pattern for the administration. This pattern can be defined for a daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly administration.

▪ As Needed—allows the provider to create a scheduled order that enables the clinical staff to create a “child” order on an as needed (manual) basis.

i) Specify the Scheduling Pattern as appropriate and click OK when finished to close the Scheduled Dialog box. The generated schedule will appear next to the schedule button. Users can hover over the schedule to display the full list of dates.

j) Specify the order Priority (for example, Routine, ASAP, STAT, Today, Pre-Op) and other optional details (such as Critical, DAW, and so on), as needed.

k) Click OK (on both the Medication Detail page and ACI when finished). The new med administration displays in magenta-colored text.

l) Respond to any DUR prompts, as needed.

4) If a schedule is not required, the provider creates a single medication order for administration:

a) Click on the Add New Medication icon on the Clinical Toolbar or click New from Note Authoring workspace (NAW) under the Plan section.

Page 92: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 92 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

b) From the Rx/Orders primary tab, click on the Med Admin secondary tab.

c) Search the desired medication via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

d) Select a medication by placing a checkmark in the box next to the medication name. This selects the medication and automatically launches the Medication Details page to fill in the required information.

e) Select or enter the appropriate SIG.

f) Verify the To Be Done date (the default is today’s date).

g) Specify the order Priority (for example, Routine, ASAP, STAT, Today) and other optional details (such as Critical, DAW, and so on), as needed.

h) Click OK. The new med admin displays in magenta-colored text.

i) Respond to any DUR prompts, as needed.

j) Repeat steps c – i, as needed.

k) When finished, click OK to close the ACI.

5) Once all the medication administration orders are placed, the provider changes the patient status to “Orders Pending” to indicate to the clinical staff that actions need to be completed for the patient prior to saving the encounter data. To update the patient status and commit the encounter data, follow these steps:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, select the Orders Pending from the drop-down list next to the status.

b) Click Commit to save changes to the database.

6) Once the encounter information is saved, the system generates a “Med Admin” task. This is a delegated task that must have an enterprise task view set up and assigned to the appropriate clinical staff. The purpose of this task is to notify staff that an administration needs to be done.

7) Clinical staff completes the administration of the medication to the patient.

8) Clinical staff then records the details of the medication administration to complete the order. To record the administration details, do the following:

a) Clinical staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart menu, click on the Task List horizontal toolbar.

c) Select the View that looks at all tasks for the current patient encounter, including Med Admin tasks

d) Double-click on the desired Med Admin task. The Medication Details page displays with the Record Administration tab active.

e) Enter in the required administration details, such as dose, unit, route, site, manufacturer, lot number, expiration date, and so on.

f) Click OK. The Med Admin task auto-clears from the Task List.

9) Is the administration chargeable? Sometimes the administration of a medication during an office visit requires that the medication and administration fee be charged. Organizations that plan to charge for administrations should verify that the appropriate procedure charges are available within the system to bill against.

Page 93: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 93 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

10) If charging for administrations, proceed to workflow (J4) Charging for Administrations for the certified workflow steps.

Page 94: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 94 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(H4) Immunizations This workflow defines the steps for ordering immunizations that require administration during a patient visit. It specifically focuses on immunizations administered during the visit, such as vaccines, flu shots, and so on.

The immunization workflow typically involves two different roles:

▪ Provider – individual who orders the immunization. ▪ Clinical staff – individual who administers and records the immunization data

Figure 27 (H4) Immunizations

To administer an immunization during the patient’s visit, do the following:

1) During the patient’s visit, the provider determines that an immunization requiring administration is needed. Allscripts recommends that all immunizations be linked to the problem of “Health Maintenance.” To link the problem of health maintenance to an immunization order, do the following:

a) The patient should already be in context in the Patient Banner having been selected from the Schedule.

b) Click the box next to the problem name to assess or highlight the problem name to link without assessing from the problem component (on the Clinical Desktop or within the patient pane of the ACI).

2) Does the immunization require multiple instances or a schedule to be created? These are typically referred to as recurring or standing orders.

3) If yes, follow these steps to create a medication immunization order with a schedule:

a) Click on the Add New Medication icon on the Clinical Toolbar or click New from the Note Authoring workspace (NAW) under the Plan section.

b) From the Rx/Orders primary tab, click on the Immun secondary tab.

c) Search for the desired immunization via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

Page 95: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 95 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

If all immunizations will have the same Schedule applied, click the Schedule button directly on the Immun workspace. This will apply the same schedule to all immunizations selected. Otherwise, select a schedule for each individual immunization.

d) Place a checkmark in the box next to the medication name. This selects the immunization and automatically launches the Immunization Details page to fill in the required information.

e) Select or enter the appropriate SIG.

f) Click the Schedule button. The Scheduled Dialog box displays.

g) Select one of the following scheduling options:

▪ Dates—allows the provider to manually select specific dates for administration.

The user must manually select today’s date if the first administration is to be done today. Otherwise, the To Be Done date defaults to the first date manually selected by the user.

▪ Recurring—allows the provider to define a recurrence pattern for the administration. This pattern can be defined for a daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly administration.

▪ As Needed—allows the provider to create a scheduled order that enables the clinical staff to create a “child” order on an as needed (manual) basis.

h) Specify the Scheduling Pattern as appropriate and click OK when finished to close the Scheduled Dialog box. The generated schedule will appear next to the schedule button.

i) Specify the order Priority (for example, Routine, ASAP, STAT, Today, Pre-Op) and other optional details, as needed.

j) Click OK. The immunization displays in magenta-colored text.

k) When finished, click OK to close the ACI.

4) If a schedule is not required, the provider creates a single immunization order for administration:

a) Click on the Add New Medication icon on the Clinical Toolbar or click New from Note Authoring workspace (NAW) under the Plan section.

b) From the Rx/Orders primary tab, click on the Immun secondary tab.

c) Search for the desired immunization via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

d) Place a checkmark in the box next to the medication name. This selects the immunization and automatically launches the Immunization Details page to fill in the required information.

e) Select or enter the appropriate SIG.

f) Verify the order To Be Done Date (it should default to today).

g) Specify the order Priority (for example, Routine, ASAP, STAT, Today) and other optional details, as needed.

h) Click OK. The immunization displays in magenta-colored text.

i) Repeat steps c – h, as needed.

Page 96: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 96 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

j) When finished, click OK to close the ACI.

5) Once all the immunization orders are placed, the provider changes the patient status to “Orders Pending” to indicate to the clinical staff that actions need to be completed for the patient prior to saving the encounter data. To update the patient status and commit the encounter data, follow these steps:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, select the Orders Pending from the drop-down list next to status.

b) Click Commit to save changes to the database.

6) Once the encounter information is saved, the system generates an Immunization Admin task. This is a delegated task that must have an enterprise task view set up and assigned to the appropriate clinical staff. The purpose of this task is to notify staff that an administration of an immunization needs to be done.

7) Clinical staff completes the administration of the immunization to the patient.

8) Clinical staff then records in Allscripts Enterprise EHR the details of the immunization administration. To record the administration details, do the following:

a) Clinical staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart menu, click on the Task List horizontal toolbar.

c) Select the View that looks at all tasks for the current patient encounter, including Immunization Admin tasks

d) Double-click on the desired Immunization Admin task. The Immunization Details page displays with the Record Administration tab active.

e) Enter in the required immunization administration information such as dose, route, site, manufacturer, lot number, series number, expiration date, and so on.

f) Click OK. The Immunization Admin task auto-clears from the Task List.

9) Is the administration chargeable? Sometimes the administration of an immunization during an office visit requires that the immunization and administration fee be charged. Organizations that plan to charge for administrations should verify that the appropriate procedure charges are available within the system to bill against.

10) If charging for administrations, proceed to workflow (J4) Charging for Administrations for the certified workflow steps.

Page 97: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 97 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(H5) Future Orders This workflow provides detailed steps to place a future order for a laboratory, radiology, or in-house procedure during a patient’s visit. A future order is an order that needs to be done on any day in the future (other than today).

Figure 28 (H5) Future Orders

To create a future order, follow these steps:

1) During the patient’s visit, the provider determines a future order is required for a problem. To link a problem to an order, do the following:

a) The patient should already be in context in the Patient Banner having been selected from the Schedule.

b) For an existing problem, click the box next to the problem name to assess or highlight the problem name to link without assessing from the problem component (on the Clinical Desktop or within the patient pane of the ACI).

c) For a new problem, start by adding a new problem by clicking on the Add New Problem icon on the Clinical Toolbar to launch the Add Clinical Item (ACI) workspace.

Page 98: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 98 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

d) From the History Builder primary tab and Active secondary tab, locate the desired item by checking the box next to the problem. The newly added problem will display in the Patient Pane in the ACI.

e) Continue with the ordering process.

Sending an associated ICD-9 code is usually a requirement with most diagnostic vendors. Best Practice is to require the selection of a problem for an order. This will also aid in the learning and usage of QuickSets.

2) The provider creates one or more future orders for the same date. To create a future order, follow these steps:

a) If not already in the ACI from adding a new Problem, click the Add New Order icon from the Clinical Toolbar or click New from Note Authoring workspace (NAW) under the Plan section. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays.

Users can determine which primary tab to display (Rx/Orders or Problem-Based) when clicking the Add New Order icon by setting the “Add Clinical Item Order Selection Method Default” order preference.

b) From Rx/Orders, select the appropriate secondary tab for the item you want to order:

▪ Lab/Diag for laboratory/diagnostic orders ▪ Imaging for radiology orders ▪ FU/Ref for follow-up or referral orders ▪ Supplies for supply orders

c) Find the order via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

d) From the ACI, modify the order priority (for example, Routine, Stat, and so forth), if necessary.

e) Specify the desired future To Be Done date on the ACI. To select a future date, complete the following:

i) Click the Calendar icon. The Select a Date dialog box displays.

ii) Select a date by picking an actual future date off the calendar or via “fuzzy” date (for example, interval postoperative 2 weeks).

iii) Click OK.

f) Select an order or orders by placing a checkmark within the box next to the desired order. If all required information is complete, the Order Details page will not display. Providers can right-click on the order and select Edit to modify order information, if necessary.

g) Provider completes remainder of encounter and saves (commits) data.

3) Does the order require financial authorization? Some orders may require financial authorization or approval from the patient’s insurance company prior to execution. If yes, proceed to workflow (Q3) Financial Authorization for the Certified Workflow steps. If no, continue to step 4.

4) Does the order need any additional information? Some organizations may associate clinical questions to orders where they require additional information.

Page 99: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 99 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

5) If additional information is needed, the order’s status changes to “Need Information,” and clinical staff monitors these orders via the Worklist.

6) Clinical staff completes the necessary order information and commits the data. To update an order via a Worklist item, do the following:

a) From the Worklist horizontal toolbar (HTB), highlight the appropriate order by single-clicking it.

b) Click Edit on the component action toolbar. Or right-click and select Edit from the menu. The Order Details page displays.

c) Under the Clinical Questions sections, complete the required information as appropriate.

d) Click OK.

e) Click Commit to save updates to the database.

Users can save and commit encounter information without reviewing the Encounter Summary page by clicking Commit on the Clinical Toolbar. This is controlled by the “Encounter Summary Review Before Save” user preference.

7) Does the order require an appointment to be scheduled? Some orders may require an appointment to be scheduled in order for it to be performed. If yes, proceed to workflow (K1) Scheduling Order Appointments for the certified workflow steps. If no, continue to step 8.

8) The Order status changes to “Active” once all necessary information and/or reasons for being held up are resolved and the system executes the communication method as defined.

9) Will future orders be sent to the performing location via an outbound order interface or fax?

10) If yes, the outbound order message or fax is sent to the appropriate performing location based on the defined “To Be Done” date specifications.

11) A paper order requisition or hardcopy is printed and given to the patient.

Administrators can set up automatic printing characteristics for order requisitions and/or specimen labels.

12) Did the patient present for specimen or image collection? There are some instances that an order was placed, but the patient does not present to the designated draw station or location for specimen or image collection. If the patient did not present, follow (Q2) Tracking Overdue Orders for the certified workflow steps.

13) If the patient presents, is the specimen or image collection being done in-office? If the specimen or image collection is being handled in-office during the visit, continue to step 15.

14) If the specimen or image collection in not being handled on-site or in the office, the patient is directed to present to the appropriate performing location. This could be at a separate clinic or other performing facility approved by the patient’s insurance.

15) The clinical or ancillary staff completes the necessary specimen or image collection.

16) Will the order be resulted in-house? This will vary per organization. Some orders can be resulted in-house while others have to be couriered to the appropriate performing location for

Page 100: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 100 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

execution of the result. If the order can be resulted in-house, follow the (R2) In-house Testing for the certified workflow steps.

17) If the execution of the result is handled by another performing location, will the results be received electronically? If yes, follow (R3) Results Verification for how to verify the results once received from the performing location. If no, proceed to (R1) Entry of Paper Results for the certified workflow steps.

Page 101: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 101 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(H6) Ad Hoc Diagnostic Orders This workflow provides detailed steps for ordering an ad hoc laboratory, radiology, or an in-house test during a patient’s visit. The term ad hoc refers to the method of creating an order outside utilizing a CareGuide or QuickSet.

These actions can be done in any context where an order needs to be placed for a patient. For instance, a patient may call in with specific symptoms that result in an order being placed or a provider determines that a test is needed while reviewing a patient’s results. Ordering is typically handled by the provider, however, some orders may be placed by clinical staff per protocol.

Figure 29 (H6) Ad Hoc Diagnostic Orders

H

Q2

H6

(1)Provider determines a diagnostic order is

needed for a problem

(5)Insurance verification required?

Yes

No

(2)Will order be recurring?

(3)Provider creates a

recurring order

(4)Provider creates

single order for today

Yes

No

R2

R3

(8)Clinical Staff

completes necessary order information &

commits data

(6)Order need additional

information?

(7)Order status

changes to Need Information

(9)Order require an

appointment?No

Yes

No

(14)Patient presents for specimen or image

collection?

(11)Sent via interface

or fax?

(12)Order sent based on “To Be Done”

date

(13)Paper Order

requisition printed & given to patient

No

Yes

Q3

(10)Order changes to Active & executes

communication method

K1Yes

No

(17)Clinical or Ancillary

Staff completes specimen or image

collection

(18)Resulting In-house?

(15)Specimen or Image collection done In

Office?

(16)Performing Location completes collection

& performs order

Yes

No No

(19)Results received electronically?

Yes

Yes

Yes

R1

No

To create an ad hoc diagnostic order, follow these steps:

1) During the patient visit, the provider determines that a diagnostic test (laboratory, radiology, or in-house) is needed for a problem. To link a problem to an order, do the following:

a) The patient should already be in context in the Patient Banner having been selected from the Schedule.

b) For an existing problem, click the box next to the problem name to assess or highlight the problem name to link without assessing from the problem component (on the Clinical Desktop or within the patient pane of the ACI).

c) For a new problem, start by adding a new problem by clicking on the Add New Problem

icon on the Clinical Toolbar to launch the Add Clinical Item (ACI) workspace.

Page 102: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 102 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

d) From the History Builder primary tab and Active secondary tab, locate the desired item by

checking the box next to the problem. The newly added problem will display in the Patient Pane in the ACI.

e) Continue with the ordering process.

Sending an associated ICD-9 code is usually a requirement with most diagnostic vendors. Best Practice is to require the selection of a problem for an order. This will also aid in the learning and usage of QuickSets.

2) Will the order be recurring or require a schedule to be created?

3) If yes, follow these steps to create a recurring order:

a) If not already in the ACI from adding a new Problem, click the Add New Order icon from the Clinical Toolbar or click New from Note Authoring workspace (NAW) under the Plan section. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays.

Users can determine which primary tab to display (Rx/Orders or Problem-Based) when clicking the Add New Order icon by setting the “Add Clinical Item Order Selection Method Default” order preference.

b) From Rx/Orders, select the appropriate secondary tab for the item you want to order:

▪ Lab/Diag for laboratory/diagnostic orders ▪ Imaging for radiology orders

c) Find the order via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

d) From the ACI, modify the order priority (for example, Routine, Stat, and so forth), if necessary.

e) Select the Schedule option.

f) Click Schedule. The Scheduled Dialog box displays.

Providers can define a “Schedule” and apply it to a single order or multiple orders (of the same order type) by selecting the Schedule option directly from the ACI workspace. Once defined, the system will automatically associate that schedule to any order placed afterward.

g) Select one of the following scheduling options:

▪ Dates—allows the provider to manually select specific dates for an order.

The user must manually select today’s date if the first order is to be done today. Otherwise, the To Be Done date defaults to the first date manually selected by the user.

▪ Recurring—allows the provider to define a recurrence pattern for an order. This pattern can be defined for a daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly pattern.

▪ As Needed—allows the provider to create an initial “parent” order that allows clinical staff to create a “child” order on an as-needed (manual) basis.

Page 103: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 103 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

h) Specify the Scheduling Pattern as appropriate and click OK when finished to close the Scheduled Dialog box. The generated schedule will appear next to the Schedule button. Users can hover over the schedule to display the full list of dates.

i) Select an order by placing a checkmark within the box next to the desired order. If all required information is complete, the Order Details page will not display. Providers can right-click on the order and select Edit to modify order information, if necessary.

j) The order appears in magenta-colored text.

k) Click Commit on the Clinical Toolbar to save changes to the database.

4) If the order is not recurring, the provider creates a single order for today. To create a single diagnostic order, follow these steps:

a) Click the Add New Order icon from the Clinical Toolbar or click New from Note Authoring workspace (NAW) under the Plan section. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays.

b) From Rx/Orders, select the appropriate secondary tab for the item you want to order:

▪ Lab/Diag for laboratory orders ▪ Imaging for radiology orders

c) Find the order via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

d) From the ACI, modify the order priority (for example, Routine, Stat, and so forth), if necessary.

e) Verify the To Be Done date (the default is today’s date). f) Select an order by placing a checkmark within the box next to the desired order. If all

required information is complete, the Order Details page will not display. Providers can right-click on the order and select Edit to modify order information, if necessary.

g) Repeat steps b – f, as needed.

h) The order appears in magenta-colored text.

i) Click Commit on the Clinical Toolbar to save changes to the database.

5) Does the order require financial authorization? Some orders may require financial authorization or approval from the patient’s insurance company prior to execution. If yes, proceed to workflow (Q3) Financial Authorization for the Certified Workflow steps. If no, continue to step 6.

6) Does the order need any additional information? Some organizations may associate clinical questions to orders where they require additional information.

7) If additional information is needed, the order’s status changes to “Need Information,” and clinical staff monitors these orders via a Worklist.

8) Clinical staff completes the necessary order information and commits the data. To update an order via a Worklist item, do the following:

a) From the Worklist horizontal toolbar (HTB), highlight the appropriate order by single-clicking it.

b) Click Edit on the component action toolbar. Or right-click and select Edit from the menu. The Order Details page displays.

c) Under the Clinical Questions sections, complete the required information as appropriate.

d) Click OK.

Page 104: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 104 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

e) Click Commit to save updates to the database.

Users can save and commit encounter information without reviewing the Encounter Summary page by clicking Commit on the Clinical Toolbar. This is controlled by the “Encounter Summary Review Before Save” user preference.

9) Does the order require an appointment to be scheduled? Some orders may require an appointment to be scheduled in order for it to be performed. If yes, proceed to workflow (K1) Scheduling Order Appointments for the Certified Workflow steps. If no, continue to step 10.

10) The order status changes to “Active” once all necessary information and/or reasons for being held up are resolved and the system executes the communication method as defined.

11) Will future orders be sent to the performing location via an outbound order interface or fax?

12) The outbound order message or fax is sent to the appropriate performing location based on the defined “To Be Done” date specifications.

13) A paper order requisition or hardcopy is printed and given to the patient.

Administrators can set up automatic printing characteristics for order requisitions and/or specimen labels.

14) Did the patient present for specimen or image collection? There are some instances that an order was placed, but the patient does not present to the designated draw station or location for specimen or image collection. If the patient did not present, follow workflow (Q2) Tracking Overdue Orders for the Certified Workflow steps.

15) If the patient presents, is the specimen or image collection being done in-office? If the specimen or image collection is being handled in-office during the visit, continue to step 17.

16) If the specimen or image collection in not being handled on-site or in the office, the patient is directed to present to the appropriate performing location. This could be at a separate clinic or other performing facility approved by the patient’s insurance.

17) The clinical or ancillary staff completes the necessary specimen or image collection.

18) Will the order be resulted in-house? This will vary per organization. Some orders can be resulted in-house while others have to be couriered to the appropriate performing location for execution of the result. If the order can be resulted in-house, follow workflow (R2) In-house Testing for the Certified Workflow steps.

19) If the execution of the result is handled by another performing location, will the results be received electronically? If yes, follow workflow (R3) Results Verification for how to verify the results once received from the performing location. If no, proceed to workflow (R1) Entry of Paper Results for the Certified Workflow steps.

Page 105: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 105 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(H7) Follow-up or Referral Orders This workflow defines the steps to order a referral or a follow-up order. A referral order is where a provider directs the patient to another provider or source for evaluation and/or consultation purposes. For instance, a provider may refer a patient to a specialist for additional care that they are not equipped to provide or where the patient requires a second opinion. A follow-up order refers to the evaluation visit that is needed after an initial encounter or previous procedure.

Figure 30 (H7) Follow-up or Referral Orders

To create a follow-up or referral order, follow these steps:

1) The provider determines a follow-up or referral order is required for a problem. To link a problem to an order, do the following:

a) The patient should already be in context in the Patient Banner having been selected from the Schedule.

b) For an existing problem, click the box next to the problem name to assess or highlight the problem name to link without assessing from the problem component (on the Clinical Desktop or within the patient pane of the ACI).

c) For a new problem, start by adding a new problem by clicking the Add New Problem icon

on the Clinical Toolbar to launch the Add Clinical Item (ACI) workspace.

d) From the History Builder primary tab and Active secondary tab, locate the desired item by checking the box next to the problem. The newly added problem will display in the Patient Pane in the ACI.

e) Continue with the ordering process.

Best Practice recommendation is to require the selection of a problem for an order. This will aid in the learning and usage of QuickSets.

2) Does the patient need a follow-up visit?

Page 106: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 106 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

3) If yes, the provider creates an order for a follow-up visit. To create a follow-up order, follow these steps:

a) If not already in the ACI from adding a new Problem, click the Add New Order icon from the Clinical Toolbar or click New from Note Authoring workspace (NAW) under the Plan section. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays.

Users can determine which primary tab to display (Rx/Orders or Problem-Based) when clicking the Add New Order icon by setting the “Add Clinical Item Order Selection Method Default” order preference.

b) From Rx/Orders, select the FU/Ref (Follow-up/Referral) secondary tab.

c) Find the follow-up order via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

d) From the ACI, modify the order priority (for example, Routine, Stat, and so forth), if necessary.

e) Specify the desired To Be Done date (the default is today’s date). To adjust the To Be Done date, do the following: i) Click the Calendar icon. The Select a Date dialog box displays.

ii) Select a date by picking an actual date off the calendar or via “fuzzy” date (for example, approximately 2 weeks).

iii) Click OK.

f) Select a follow-up order by placing a checkmark within the box next to the desired order. If all required information is complete, the Order Details page will not display. Providers can right-click on the order and select Edit to modify order information, if necessary.

4) The provider changes the patient status to “Orders Pending” to indicate that actions need to be completed for the patient prior to saving the encounter data. To update the patient status and commit the encounter data, follow these steps:

a) From the Clinical Toolbar, select the Orders Pending from the drop-down list next to the status.

b) Click Commit to save changes to the database.

5) Does the order need any additional information? Some organizations may associate clinical questions to orders where they require additional information. If no, proceed to workflow (K1) Scheduling Order Appointments for the Certified Workflow steps.

6) If additional information is needed, the order’s status changes to “Need Information,” and clinical staff monitors these orders via a Worklist.

7) Clinical staff completes the necessary order information and commits the data. To update an order via a Worklist item, do the following:

a) From the Worklist horizontal toolbar (HTB), highlight the appropriate order by single-clicking it.

b) Click Edit on the component action toolbar. Or right-click and select Edit from the menu. The Order Details page displays.

c) Under the Clinical Questions sections, complete the required information as appropriate.

d) Click OK.

Page 107: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 107 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

e) Click Commit to save updates to the database. Follow workflow (K1) Scheduling Order Appointments for the certified workflow steps to complete the scheduling of the follow-up appointment.

8) The provider creates an order for a referral. To create a referral order, follow these steps:

a) From Rx/Orders, select the FU/Ref (Follow-up/Referral) secondary tab.

b) Find the referral order via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

c) From the ACI, modify the order priority (for example, Routine, Stat, and so forth), if necessary.

d) Specify the desired To Be Done date (the default is today’s date). To adjust the To Be Done date, do the following: i) Click the Calendar icon. The Select a Date dialog box displays.

ii) Select a date by picking an actual date off the calendar or via “fuzzy” date (for example, approximately 2 weeks).

iii) Click OK.

e) Select a referral order by placing a checkmark within the box next to the desired order. If all required information is complete, the Order Details page will not display. Providers can right-click on the order and select Edit to modify order information, if necessary.

9) Does the order require financial authorization? Some orders may require financial authorization or approval from the patient’s insurance company prior to execution. If yes, proceed to workflow (Q3) Financial Authorization for the Certified Workflow steps. If no, follow workflow (K2) Referral Appointments for details on how to complete the scheduling of the referral appointment.

Page 108: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 108 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(H8) Instructions/Supplies Orders This workflow defines the steps to order an instruction or a supply during a patient’s visit:

An instruction order is simply detailed directions, instructions, or education for a given patient. For example, a provider may want a patient to “avoid caffeine.” A supply order is typically an item that is needed as equipment or for maintenance. For instance, a diabetic patient may need an order for a glucometer or glucose monitoring strips.

Figure 31 (H8) Instructions/Supplies Orders

To order instructions or supplies, follow these steps:

1) During the patient visit, the provider determines that an instruction or supply is needed for a problem. To link a problem to an order, do the following:

a) The patient should already be in context in the Patient Banner having been selected from the Schedule.

b) For an existing problem, click the box next to the problem name to assess or highlight the problem name to link without assessing from the problem component (on the Clinical Desktop or within the patient pane of the ACI).

c) For a new problem, start by adding a new problem by clicking on the Add New Problem icon on the Clinical Toolbar to launch the Add Clinical Item (ACI) workspace.

d) From the History Builder primary tab and Active secondary tab, locate the desired item by checking the box next to the problem. The newly added problem will display in the Patient Pane in the ACI.

e) Continue with the ordering process.

Best Practice recommendation is to require the selection of a problem for an order. This will aid in the learning and usage of QuickSets.

Page 109: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 109 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

2) Is the order for an instruction? The provider may be looking for an instruction or education materials for the patient.

3) If yes, the provider selects an instruction. To order an instruction, follow these steps:

a) If not already in the ACI from adding a new Problem, click the Add New Order icon from the Clinical Toolbar or click New from the Note Authoring workspace (NAW) under the Plan section. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays.

b) Click the Instructions secondary tab.

c) Find the instruction via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

d) Select the appropriate instruction order by checking the box. If the instruction contains one or more variables, the Order Details page will display.

e) Complete the necessary required fields and click OK.

f) Repeat steps c – e, as needed.

g) Click OK to close the ACI. The order appears in magenta-colored text.

h) Click Commit on the Clinical Toolbar to save changes to the database.

4) The provider saves the encounter information. To save or commit the encounter information and make it a permanent part of the patient’s medical record, on the Clinical Toolbar, click Commit.

5) The provider selects a supply. To create a supply order, follow these steps:

a) If not already in the ACI from adding a new Problem, click the Add New Order icon from the Clinical Toolbar or click New from the Note Authoring workspace (NAW) under the Plan section. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays.

b) Click the Supplies secondary tab.

c) Find the supply via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

d) Select the appropriate supply order by checking the box. The Order Details page displays.

e) Complete the necessary required fields and click OK.

f) Repeat steps c – e, as needed.

g) Click OK to close the ACI. The order appears in magenta-colored text.

h) Click Commit on the Clinical Toolbar to save changes to the database.

6) Does the Order require financial authorization? Some orders may require financial authorization or approval from the patient’s insurance company prior to execution. If yes, proceed to workflow (Q3) Financial Authorization for the Certified Workflow steps. If no, continue to step 7.

7) Does the order need any additional information? Some organizations may associate clinical questions to orders where they require additional information.

Organization can apply additional information questions to supply orders to capture necessary order details, such as the supply’s manufacturer and serial number.

8) If additional information is needed, the order’s status changes to “Need Information,” and clinical staff monitors these orders via a Worklist.

Page 110: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 110 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

9) Clinical staff completes the necessary order information and commits the data. To update an order via a Worklist item, do the following:

a) From the Worklist horizontal toolbar, highlight the appropriate order by single-clicking it.

b) Click Edit on the component action toolbar. Or right-click and select Edit from the menu. The Order Details page displays.

c) Under the Clinical Questions sections, complete the required information as appropriate.

d) Click OK.

e) Click Commit to save updates to the database.

10) Once the encounter information is saved and all necessary information is resolved, the system automatically prints the patient instructions or education materials, if specified.

When Patient Education materials print is controlled by the System Preference “Print Patient Education.” This can be set to Always or If CareGuide Only in TWAdmin, Preferences, and General Category. See the Preferences manual for more information about this preference setting.

11) The provider or staff provides the education materials or supply order to the patient.

Page 111: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 111 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(H9) Order Reminders This workflow is to achieve an understanding of how to create an order reminder for an orderable item during a patient’s visit. An order reminder can help providers remember that a particular order is needed for a patient problem.

Figure 32 (H9) Order Reminders

H

(1)Provider determines an order reminder is

needed for a problem

(2)CareGuide being

used?

(3)Provider selects

appropriate CareGuide

(5)Provider selects desired Order

Reminder from ACI

(4)Provider selects desired Order

Reminders

Yes

No

(6)Provider defines Order Reminder

details as appropriate

H9

End

To create an order reminder, follow these steps:

1) During the patient visit, the provider determines that an order reminder is needed for a problem.

a) The patient should already be in context in the Patient Banner having been selected from the Schedule.

b) For an existing problem, click the box next to the problem name to assess or highlight the problem name to link without assessing from the problem component (on the Clinical Desktop or within the patient pane of the ACI).

c) For a new problem, start by adding a new problem by clicking on the Add New Problem icon on the Clinical Toolbar to launch the Add Clinical Item (ACI) workspace.

d) From the History Builder primary tab and Active secondary tab, locate the desired item by checking the box next to the problem. The newly added problem will display in the Patient Pane in the ACI.

e) Continue with the ordering process.

2) Is a CareGuide being used?

3) If yes, the provider selects the appropriate CareGuide.

4) From the CareGuide, the provider selects the desired order reminders. To select an order reminder from a CareGuide, do the following:

Page 112: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 112 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

a) If not already in the ACI from adding a new Problem, click the Add New Order icon from the Clinical Toolbar or click New from the Note Authoring workspace (NAW) under the Plan section. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays.

b) From Problem-based Orders, click on the CareGuide secondary tab.

c) If there is one or more CareGuide templates associated with the assessed problem, the

CareGuide drop-down list will be enabled indicating that templates are available. d) The provider selects the appropriate CareGuide template by clicking on the drop-down

arrow. The system displays the contents of the template on the CareGuide secondary tab.

e) Click the Orders option (to filter the template to only show the orders section).

f) Under Order Reminders, select an order reminder by placing a checkmark within the box next to the desired order or double-click on the reminder to add/edit details.

5) If the reminder is not part of a CareGuide, the provider selects the desired order from the Add Clinical Item (ACI) workspace. To find an order, follow these steps:

a) If not already in the ACI from adding a new Problem, click the Add New Order icon from the Clinical Toolbar or click New from the Note Authoring workspace (NAW) under the Plan section. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays.

b) From Rx/Orders, select the appropriate secondary tab for the order you want the reminder:

▪ Lab/Diag for laboratory/diagnostic orders ▪ Imaging for radiology orders ▪ FU/Ref for follow-up or referral orders ▪ Instructions for instruction orders ▪ Immun for immunization orders ▪ Supplies for supply orders ▪ Med Admin for med administration orders

c) Find the order using Specialty, Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

6) Provider defines order reminder details as appropriate. To create an order reminder for the desired order, do the following:

a) Right-click on the desired order and select Reminder from the context menu. The Health Management Reminder Details page displays.

b) Define the frequency settings for the order reminder. Order reminders can be set up by recurrence or based on age.

i) To define an order reminder by recurrence (default), do the following:

(1) Select the desired occurrence and frequency (for example, Monthly – Every 3 months)

(2) Select the Start Date. The start date defaults to today’s date.

(3) Determine the appropriate end date, if necessary.

(4) Click OK.

ii) To define an order reminder by age based, do the following:

(1) Select the Age Based option.

Page 113: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 113 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(2) Select the desired occurrence by Years.

(3) Click OK.

c) If an order needs to be placed for the item today, the provider can check the Order First Instance by clicking on the check box.

Page 114: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 114 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(H10) QuickSets This workflow defines the steps when placing orders using a QuickSet. QuickSets are groups of previously ordered medications and non-medication orders (such as laboratory or radiology tests) associated to a specific problem (or ICD-9 code). QuickSets provide an efficient way of entering problem-related orders quickly. QuickSets are automatically “learned” and created by the system per user any time they associate a problem to a medication or non-medication order.

Figure 33 (H10) QuickSets

H

(1)Provider selects a

problemH10

(2)Provider determines

QuickSet can be used with patient

problem

(4)Provider selects

desired prescription(s)

(3)Provider confirms

prescription fulfillment actions

(6)Provider saves encounter data

End

(5)Provider selects desired order(s)

(7)System

executes prescription

action

(8)System

executes order communication

method

(9)Provider/Staff

provides Rx/Order materials to patient

as needed

To place an order using QuickSets, follow these steps:

1) The provider selects a problem. You can select a problem directly from the Problem Component on the Clinical Desktop or add a problem using the Add Clinical Item (ACI) workspace. To add a new problem, follow these steps:

a) The patient should already be in context in the Patient Banner having been selected from the Schedule.

b) For an existing problem, click the box next to the problem name to assess or highlight the problem name to link without assessing from the problem component (on the Clinical Desktop or within the patient pane of the ACI).

c) For a new problem, start by adding a new problem by clicking the Add New Problem icon on the Clinical Toolbar to launch the Add Clinical Item (ACI) workspace.

d) From the History Builder primary tab and Active secondary tab, locate the desired item by checking the box next to the problem. The newly added problem will display in the Patient Pane in the ACI.

e) Continue with the ordering process.

2) The provider determines that multiple orders need to be placed for the given problem using a

QuickSet. To enter orders using a QuickSet, do the following:

Page 115: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 115 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

a) If not already in the ACI from adding a new Problem, click the Add New Order icon from the Clinical Toolbar or click New from the Note Authoring workspace (NAW) under the Plan section. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays.

b) From Problem-based Orders, select the QSets secondary tab. The QuickSets for the ‘Assessed’ problems display in the right pane.

Problem-based providers that consistently utilize QuickSets when ordering can have their selection method automatically default to be taken to “Problem-based Orders” within the ACI. This is defined by the “Add Clinical Item Order Selection Method Default” user preference. See the Preferences manual for more information about this preference setting.

3) The provider confirms the necessary prescription fulfillment actions and updates as needed. The provider can adjust the fulfillment action, pharmacy (if required), and the Rx Benefit prior to selecting a medication.

4) The provider selects the desired prescription(s). To select a prescription, follow these steps:

a) Under Rx, select the desired prescriptions by placing a checkmark in the box next to the medication.

b) If the prescription requires modification, the provider can right-click on the medication and select Edit. The Medication Details page displays where the provider can adjust the prescription as needed.

5) The provider selects the desired non-medication order(s). To select an order, follow these steps:

a) Under Order, select the desired non-medication orders by placing a checkmark in the box next to the order.

b) If the order requires modification, the provider can right-click on the item and select Edit. The Order Details page displays where the provider can adjust the order as needed.

Once built, QuickSets can be copied to multiple providers using the Starter Set Migration Tool (SSMT). These will provide a “starter set” of QuickSets for providers to order from and encourage their use.

6) The provider saves and commits the encounter information. To save or commit the encounter information and make it a permanent part of the patient’s medical record, complete the following steps:

a) On the Clinical Toolbar, click the Encounter Summary icon. The Encounter Summary page displays.

b) Review the information that was entered and update as needed.

c) When finished, click Save and continue.

Users can save and commit encounter information without reviewing the Encounter Summary page by clicking Commit on the Clinical Toolbar. This is defined with the “Encounter Summary Review Before Save” user preference. See the Preferences manual for more information about this preference setting.

Page 116: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 116 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

7) Once the encounter information has been committed, the system executes the prescription fulfillment action(s). For instance, a prescription that was set to “Send to Retail” would automatically be sent to the designated retail pharmacy.

8) In addition, the system executes any order communication methods as defined for non-medication orders.

9) The provider or staff provides any prescription and/or order materials to the patient as needed.

Page 117: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 117 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(H11) CareGuides This workflow defines the steps when placing orders using a CareGuide. CareGuides are problem-based order sets developed from evidence-based guidelines that enable a user to quickly create a plan of care and build the health management plan for a specific problem. CareGuides facilitate the rapid creation of prescriptions, orders, and updates to the chart and Note documentation. This problem-based ordering process dynamically creates customized patient education materials for the patient that reflect the selected orders, as well as information about the condition or health maintenance issue that the template addresses. Included in the printout are patient education details for the medications, orderable items, home instructions, and precautions ordered.

Figure 34 (H11) CareGuides

To place an order using CareGuides, follow these steps:

1) The provider selects a problem. To select a problem, do the following:

a) The patient should already be in context in the Patient Banner having been selected from the Schedule.

b) For an existing problem, click the box next to the problem name to assess or highlight the problem name to link from the problem component (on the Clinical Desktop or within the patient pane of the ACI).

c) For a new problem, start by adding a new problem by clicking the Add New Problem icon on the Clinical Toolbar to launch the Add Clinical Item (ACI) workspace.

d) From the History Builder primary tab and Active secondary tab, locate the desired item by checking the box next to the problem. The newly added problem will display in the Patient Pane in the ACI.

e) Continue with the ordering process.

Page 118: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 118 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

2) The provider determines that a CareGuide can be used with patient problem. When a provider

adds a new diagnosis or assesses a current problem for a patient, typically the provider will also want to create a plan of care for that problem. If there is one or more CareGuides templates associated with the problem, the CareGuide drop-down list will be enabled indicating that templates are available. To view if CareGuide templates are available for a problem, do the following:

a) The problem should already be selected (completed in step 1).

b) View that the CareGuide button becomes active, from the Problem-Patient Pane within the ACI, or

c) View that the CareGuide button becomes active on the toolbar, from the Problem component of the Clinical Desktop,

3) The provider selects the appropriate template from the CareGuide list. The system only displays CareGuide templates that are defined for the patient’s active problems. To select a CareGuide template, do the following:

a) Click on the drop-down arrow next to the CareGuide action button.

b) Select the appropriate template from the list.

c) Once the user selects the appropriate CareGuide template, the system displays the Add Clinical Item workspace with the contents of the template on the CareGuide secondary tab.

4) The provider confirms the necessary prescription fulfillment actions and updates as needed. The provider can adjust the fulfillment action, pharmacy (if required), and the Rx Benefit prior to selecting a medication.

5) The provider selects the desired medications(s). To select a medication, do the following:

a) Select the desired prescriptions by placing a checkmark in the box next to the medication.

b) If the prescription requires modification, the provider can right-click on the medication and select Edit. The Medication Details page displays where the provider can adjust the prescription as needed.

Each CareGuide is comprised of a combination of medications, orders, patient instructions, and follow-up and referral information. Use the options at the top of the CareGuide secondary tab to control which items are displayed.

6) The provider selects the desired non-medication order(s). To select a order, do the following:

a) Select the desired non-medication orders by placing a checkmark in the box next to the order.

b) If the order requires modification, the provider can right-click on the item and select Edit. The Order Details page displays where the provider can adjust the order as needed.

7) The provider selects the desired precaution(s). To select a precaution, do the following:

a) Select the desired precaution by placing a checkmark in the box next to the order.

b) If the precaution requires modification, the provider can right-click on the item and select Edit. The Order Details page displays where the provider can adjust the order as needed.

8) The provider selects the desired instruction(s). To select an instruction, do the following:

Page 119: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 119 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

a) Select the desired instruction by placing a checkmark in the box next to the order.

b) If the instruction requires modification, the provider can right-click on the item and select Edit. The Order Details page displays where the provider can adjust the order as needed.

9) The provider selects the desired follow-up and/or referral orders. To select a follow-up or referral order, do the following:

a) Select the follow-up and/or referral order by placing a checkmark in the box next to the order.

b) If the follow-up and/or referral order requires modification, right-click and select Edit. The Order Details page displays where the provider can adjust the order as needed.

Providers can select items in a CareGuide and save them as a personal template. Then, the next time they use that template all the items will already be selected (defaulted) allowing a user to complete a patient’s Careplan with ease.

10) The provider saves and commits the encounter information. To save or commit the encounter information and make it a permanent part of the patient’s medical record, complete the following:

a) Once all desired CareGuides orders have been selected, click OK (from the ACI).

b) On the Clinical Toolbar, click the Encounter Summary icon. The Encounter Summary page displays.

c) Review the information that was entered and update as needed.

d) When finished, click Save and continue.

Users can save and commit encounter information without reviewing the Encounter Summary page by clicking Commit on the Clinical Toolbar. This is defined by the “Encounter Summary Review Before Save” user preference.

11) Once the encounter information has been committed, the system executes the prescription fulfillment action(s). For instance, a prescription that was set to “Send to Retail” would automatically be sent to the designated retail pharmacy.

12) In addition, the system executes any order communication methods as defined for non-medication orders.

13) The system automatically prints the CareGuide patient instructions, as specified.

14) The provider or staff provides the CareGuide materials to the patient.

Page 120: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 120 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(J) Finalize and Charge Introduction Managing daily charges generated from the patient’s visit and easily sending them to the Practice Management System for billing is another critical function of an electronic health record. These could be charges for the visit, procedure charges, and charges for supplies or administration of medications. Each of these charges must be associated to the correct, billable diagnosis and have any appropriate modifiers applied. There are many aspects to sending appropriate billing charges to the Practice Management System to assure the maximum level of reimbursement from insurance companies. Revenues from ambulatory visits can be enhanced by reductions in missing charges, denied claims, and improper ABN notices.

Organizations today face multiple challenges in obtaining the maximum levels of reimbursement. Clinicians face a difficult challenge in trying to provide the appropriate documentation for the appropriate level of care. In general, the more highly compensated interactions require the most stringent documentation. Providers often lack confidence in their documentation and, as a result, often “down code,” that is, select the less restrictive reimbursement codes, thereby causing significant losses for their practices.

These workflows will enable the clinician to receive benefits from utilizing an electronic health record to support the charge submission process:

▪ Receive medical necessity checking for orders and charges. ▪ Ability to identify and track ABN notices. ▪ Access from within a structured note or from the charge workspaces to an evaluation &

management (E&M) coding wizard to assist in determining the proper level of coding based on the documentation for the visit.

▪ Receive CCI (Correct Coding Initiative) checking for charges. ▪ Ability to identify “billable” vs. “non-billable” ICD-9 diagnoses codes. ▪ Ability to identify and track HCC (Hierarchical Care Categories) billable diagnoses.

In addition, organizations can determine on a user or provider basis whether charges are sent directly to the billing system or if they should be reviewed first (such as, an attending physician reviewing a resident’s charges, or a coder reviewing an attending physician’s charges).

The workflows contained in this section include the following:

▪ Basic Ambulatory Charges—This is a basic workflow that defines the steps for submitting charges for an ambulatory visit. This workflow is for providers first starting to use the EHR, who may not be documenting all their patient visits with a Note but need to submit charges for all their visits.

▪ Charging from Note—This workflow defines the steps for submitting charges after creating a visit Note. This is an integrated workflow that combines the steps for creating a Note and then progresses into the Charge workspaces to finish submitting charges for the visit.

▪ Charging for Orders—This workflow defines the steps for submitting charges for a billable orderable item. This is an integrated workflow that combines the steps for creating orders and then progresses into the Charge workspaces to finish submitting charges for the ordered item.

▪ Charging for Administration—This workflow defines the steps for submitting charges for a billable administration. This is an integrated workflow that combines the steps for creating an order for administration and then progresses into the Charge workspaces to submit charges for the administration and any supplies involved with it.

▪ Review Encounter Charges—Billing staff reviews charges submitted for accuracy based on receiving a task from the submitting provider and / or nursing staff. This review

Page 121: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 121 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

is done in Allscripts Enterprise EHR prior to finalizing and sending across to the Practice Management System (PMS).

Figure 35 (J) Finalize and Charge

J

End

Entering charges for a basic

ambulatory visit?

Entering charges when documenting a

Note?

Yes

No

Entering charges for a chargeable

order?

Yes

No

Yes

No

J1

J2

D

J3

Entering charges for med/immun

administrations?

No

J4Yes

Review charges submitted for encounter?

Yes

No

J5

Page 122: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 122 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(J1) Basic Ambulatory Charges This workflow provides detailed steps to manually complete a charge encounter form for an appointment or ambulatory encounter. Providers can enter specific diagnoses, visit, and procedure charges for patient encounters. These may be automatically generated based on previously entered information, using the E/M expert, or manually selected from a list supplied within Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

Figure 36 (J1) Basic Ambulatory Charges

To complete a charge encounter form for an ambulatory encounter, follow these steps:

1) The provider determines that charges need to be billed for the appointment encounter.

2) The provider selects the arrived patient from the Schedule within Allscripts Enterprise EHR, if necessary. The patient may already be in context if the provider just completed documenting the visit. If the appropriate patient is not in context, follow these steps to bring a patient into context from the daily schedule:

a) The provider should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon and login.

b) From the Chart vertical toolbar, the daily Schedule tab should be active. Make sure the appropriate schedule is displaying. Adjust the provider or date where appropriate.

c) Review the schedule and double-click on the desired patient. The Clinical Desktop displays.

Page 123: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 123 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Providers should be selecting patients from the Schedule when entering charges for a given encounter to prevent lost charges. If providers do not begin from the schedule, they will be prompted to select an encounter from the Encounter Selector page. The type of encounter selected determines whether charges can be submitted against it.

3) Provider selects a diagnosis for the appointment. To enter a diagnosis (ICD-9 code), do the following:

a) On the horizontal toolbar, click Diagnosis. The system displays the Diagnosis Selector page.

b) Select the appropriate View from the drop-down list. Select items from your favorites list, assigned groupings (Group/Sub-Group), the patient’s past diagnoses, or master list.

Providers can personalize their ‘Default Selection Method’ upon entering the Diagnosis Selector screen.

c) Search for a diagnosis by name or ICD-9 code. To search for a diagnosis, do the following:

i) Enter the first few characters of the name or the ICD-9 code of the desired diagnosis.

ii) Click Go to begin a search. The system displays a list of diagnoses matching the search criteria.

iii) Click the More link to move to additional pages of results, if needed.

d) Select the desired diagnosis by single-clicking. A checkmark appears to the left of the selected diagnosis and is listed within the Summary pane at the bottom of the page.

Click Add to Favorites to add the selected item to your ‘My Favorites’ list.

e) Select additional diagnoses if appropriate.

f) To identify the primary diagnosis on the Encounter Form when multiple diagnoses are chosen, select the desired diagnosis from the Summary pane and click Set Primary Dx. The selected diagnosis displays at the top of the list with a “1” under the # column.

g) Click Next… .

4) Provider selects a visit charge for the encounter. To enter a visit charge, do the following:

a) On the horizontal toolbar, click Visit Charges (if the user did not use Next… button on the Diagnosis Selector page).

b) Select the appropriate View from the drop-down list. Select items from your favorites list, assigned groupings (Group/Sub-Group), or master list.

Providers can personalize their ‘Default Selection Method’ upon entering the Visit Charge Selector page.

c) Search for a visit code by name or CPT code. To search for a visit charge, do the following:

Page 124: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 124 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

i) Enter the first few characters of the name or the CPT code of the desired visit charge

ii) Click Go to begin a search. The system displays a list of visit charges matching the search criteria.

iii) Click the More link to move to additional pages of results, if needed.

d) Click on the desired visit charge(s) to select. A checkmark appears to the left of the selected visit charge and is listed within the Summary pane at the bottom of the page.

e) Update diagnosis linking, as needed.

You can use the ‘E/M Expert…’ to help generate a suggested visit charge. The tool guides the user through a series of steps assessing each aspect of the patient’s encounter.

5) Is a visit modifier needed? If no modifier is needed, proceed to step 7.

6) If a modifier is needed, the provider selects the appropriate visit modifier. To select a modifier, do the following:

a) From the Modifier Group pane, select the appropriate View from the drop-down list.

b) Select the check box to the left of each desired modifier. The code for each selected modifier displays in the Modifier column for the associated visit charge.

Staff can also click Charge Details from the Encounter Form to display the Charge Details page and view details for the selected visit charge to add/edit modifiers.

7) Was a procedure performed as part of the encounter? If no procedure was performed during the encounter, proceed to step 11.

8) If a procedure was performed, the provider selects a procedure charge for the encounter. To enter a procedure charge, do the following:

a) On the horizontal toolbar, click Procedure Charges. Or click Next… on the bottom of the Visit Charge Selector page. The Procedure Charge Selector page displays.

b) Select the appropriate View from the drop-down list. Select items from your favorites list, assigned groupings (Group/Sub-Group), or master list.

Providers can personalize their ‘Default Selection Method’ upon entering the Procedure Charge Selector page.

c) Search for a procedure code by name or CPT code. To search for a procedure charge, do the following:

i) Enter the first few characters of the name or the CPT code of the desired procedure charge

ii) Click Go to begin a search. The system displays a list of procedure charges matching the search criteria.

iii) Click the More link to move to additional pages of results, if needed.

Page 125: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 125 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

a. Click on the desired procedure charge to select. A checkmark appears to the left of the selected procedure charge and is listed within the Summary pane at the bottom of the page.

Click Add to Favorites to add the selected diagnosis to the My Favorites list.

d) If a procedure was performed multiple times within a given encounter, the user may select the procedure again. A ‘2x’ (or corresponding value selected) appears to the left of the selected procedure charge and is listed again within the Summary pane at the bottom of the page.

e) Update diagnosis linking for each procedure, as needed.

f) Select additional procedure charges if appropriate.

9) Is a procedure modifier needed? If no modifier is needed, proceed to step 11.

10) If a modifier is needed, the provider selects the appropriate procedure modifier. To select a modifier, do the following:

a) From the Modifier Group pane, select the appropriate View from the drop-down list.

b) Select the check box to the left of each desired modifier. The code for each selected modifier displays in the Modifier column for the associated procedure charge.

11) The provider reviews and validates the encounter form. To review and validate the encounter form, do the following:

a) On the horizontal toolbar, click Encounter Form. Or click Next on the Procedure Charge Selector to display the Encounter Form.

b) Verify that the appropriate information is within the Billing Provider, Performing Provider, Referring Provider (if necessary), Division (if necessary), Billing Area (if necessary) and Location fields. Make adjustments if necessary.

c) Review the order of the diagnoses within the Diagnosis Summary pane and make adjustments as necessary.

d) Review the visit and procedure charges within the Charges Summary pane:

▪ All Charge codes have been added. ▪ The diagnosis linking is appropriate. ▪ The number of units listed is accurate, if applicable. ▪ Any modifiers are selected, if necessary. ▪ The order is correct (using the up and down arrows below the listing for optimal

reimbursement based on RVU). ▪ Allscripts Enterprise EHR provides a variety of charge edits. If a charge triggers an edit,

an alert with a hyperlink will appear on the Encounter Form next to the corresponding Charge.

▪ Click on the hyperlink to review the charge edit information and possible resolution. Providers can still submit charges without addressing charge edits which will result in a task for the billing staff to review.

12) Once all the information has been verified, the provider submits the charge encounter form by clicking Submit.

Page 126: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 126 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Providers can default where they will be taken next within the system (for example, Schedule, Tasks, and so forth) by setting the “Display When Submit Button is Activated” preference under the Personalize link.

13) Are the charges being reviewed by the Billing staff before being sent to the billing system? If yes, proceed to workflow (J5) Review Encounter Charges for the Certified Workflow steps.

14) If the charges are not being reviewed and there are no outstanding charge edits (no further attention is required), the charges are sent to the billing system. The status changes to “Submitted.”

Once charges have been submitted for a given appointment encounter, a $ dollar sign icon appears on the Schedule.

Page 127: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 127 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(J2) Charging from Note This workflow provides detailed steps to complete a charge encounter form for an appointment or ambulatory encounter once a note has been created for a patient visit.

Figure 37 (J2) Charging from Note

YesJ2

J

(1)Provider documents patient visit within

Note

(2)Problem added

or assessed (associated to an

ICD9)?

(3)Diagnosis code

(ICD9) populates the

encounter form

(4)Problem does not populate

charge encounter form

(5)Billable order

added?

J3Yes

No

(7)E/M Coder used to

calculate Visit charge?

(6)Order does not

generate a billable charge

(9)Approved Visit Charge Code populates the

encounter form

No

Yes

(11)Provider reviews & validates encounter

form

(12)Provider submits

charges

End

(13)Do charges need

review?

(14)Charges sent

to billing system

Yes

No

J5

G1 G2

G3 G4

(10)Provider manually

selects Visit Charge

(8)Provider reviews

suggested level of service & adjusts as

appropriate

No

1) As the provider is documenting the patient’s visit within the note, certain note sections they are utilizing may populate the charge encounter form.

2) Did the provider add or assess a problem that was associated to an ICD-9 code? The following sections are potential locations for placing a diagnosis code to the charge encounter form:

▪ Assessment—adding a new problem or assessing an existing problem with an associated diagnosis code places the problem in the assessment section of the note and populates the diagnosis code on the charge encounter form. In addition, selecting a Medcin Diagnosis with an ICD-9 code from an Assessment note form posts the problem to the Active Problems list and places the diagnosis code on the charge encounter form.

3) If yes, once the encounter information has been saved and committed to the database, the associated diagnosis (ICD-9) code will populate the charge encounter form.

4) If no problem was added or assessed, no diagnosis populates the charge encounter form.

5) Did the provider place any orders that were billable? If yes, proceed to workflow (J3) Charging for Orders for the certified workflows steps for capturing charges for billable orders.

6) If no chargeable order was placed, no billable charge will be generated on the encounter form.

7) Is the E/M Coder being used to calculate the visit charge? The E/M Coder utility provides decision support for the appropriate level of service. It suggests the calculated E&M code that is based on the patient’s documented encounter data and allows the provider to override this code

Page 128: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 128 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

by adjusting the level of any of the twelve components computed from the patient's encounter data.

8) If yes, the provider reviews the suggested level of service and updates as appropriate. To launch the E/M Coder and review the level of service, follow these steps:

a) The patient and note should already be in context because the provider has been documenting the visit. If not in context, return to the schedule and click on the Note icon next to the appropriate patient.

b) From the Note Authoring workspace (NAW), click E/M Coder. The E/M Coder window displays.

c) The provider reviews the suggested code (derived from data already documented in the note) in the Calculated from Abstracted Levels field.

d) Provider can go to the Medical Decision Making tab and enter additional information that impacts the level of service as appropriate. Providers can add the following:

Diagnosis and Management Options (Problems & Qualifiers)

Complexity of Data

Mark History Reviewed

e) The provider can perform any of the following:

i) Accept the first value. To accept the first value, select the option button next to Calculated from Abstracted Levels and click OK.

ii) Override (that is, change or adjust) the general encounter information or documentation levels, and Re-Calculate to derive a (possibly) different E/M code. The system displays this code in the With User Override Levels field.

iii) Accept the overridden value. To accept the recalculated value, select the option button next to With User Override Levels, and click OK.

9) The approved Visit Charge Code populates the encounter form once the provider has completed documenting the visit, signed and finalized the note (which commits any unsaved data).

10) If the E/M Coder is not being used or the provider decides not to use either of the suggested values, the provider can manually select a Visit Charge. The provider completes documenting the visit, signs and finalizes the note before entering the visit charge. To enter a visit charge manually, follow these steps:

a) Go to the Visit Charges horizontal toolbar.

b) Search for a visit charge using My Favorites, Group/Sub-Group, or the Master by selecting the appropriate View from the drop-down list.

c) Select the desired visit charge by single-clicking. A checkmark appears to the left of the selected visit charge and is listed within the Summary pane at the bottom of the page.

11) The provider reviews and validates the encounter form. To do this, perform the following steps:

a) Go to the Encounter Form horizontal toolbar.

b) Verify that the appropriate information is within the Billing Provider, Performing Provider, Referring Provider (if necessary), Division (if necessary), Billing Area (if necessary) and Location fields. Make adjustments if necessary.

Page 129: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 129 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

c) Review the order of the diagnoses within the Diagnosis Summary pane and make adjustments as necessary.

d) Review the visit and procedure charges within the Charges Summary pane for any of the following:

▪ All Charge codes have been added. ▪ The diagnosis linking is appropriate. ▪ The number of units listed is accurate, if applicable. ▪ Any modifiers are selected, if necessary. ▪ The order is correct (using the up and down arrows below the listing for optimal

reimbursement based on RVU). ▪ Allscripts Enterprise EHR provides a variety of charge edits. If a charge triggers an edit,

an alert with a hyperlink will appear on the Encounter Form next to the corresponding Charge.

▪ Click on the hyperlink to review the charge edit information and possible resolution. Providers can still submit charges without addressing charge edits which will result in a task for the billing staff to review.

12) Once all the information has been verified, the provider submits the encounter form by clicking Submit.

Providers can default where they will be taken next within the system (for example, to the Schedule, Tasks, and so forth) by setting the “Display When Submit Button is Activated” preference under the Personalize link.

13) Are the charges being reviewed by the Billing staff before being sent to the billing system? If yes, proceed to workflow (J5) Review Encounter Charges for the Certified Workflow steps.

14) If the charges are not being reviewed and there are no outstanding charge edits (no further attention is required), the charges are sent to the billing system. The status changes to “Submitted.”

Once charges have been submitted for a given appointment encounter, a $ dollar sign icon appears on the Schedule.

Page 130: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 130 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(J3) Charging for Orders This workflow provides the detailed steps to complete a charge encounter form for a chargeable or billable order selected for a patient visit.

Figure 38 (J3) Charging for Orders

To understand chargeable orders, review the following:

1) During a patient encounter, the provider selects an order that is chargeable for a problem. Please refer to the (H) Order and Plan workflows for more information about ordering.

2) Is the order that was selected chargeable on order? There may be orders that are available within an organization that may be billed immediately after being ordered by the provider.

3) If yes, once the encounter information has been saved and the order is in an active status, the charge code(s) will populate a charge encounter form.

The charges for the specified order will populate the encounter in context if the date of service, billing provider, and billing location all match. If any of the information is different, the charges will populate a new “Result Charge” encounter.

4) If no, is the order that was selected chargeable on collection? Some orders that require specimen or image collection by the organization can be set up to charge once the specimen or image is collected.

5) If the order is chargeable on collection, the clinical or ancillary staff completes the necessary specimen or image collection required for the order.

Page 131: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 131 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

▪ An enterprise worklist view should be set up for the appropriate staff to work and monitor these items. The enterprise worklist view should contain orders that are in a status of “Hold for” with an order status reason of “Specimen/data collection” as well as other organization-specific workflow considerations (such as site, requested performing location, and so on).

a) To update an order that requires specimen or image collection via worklist, do the following:

b) Ancillary/clinical staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

c) From the Chart vertical toolbar, click on the Worklist horizontal toolbar. The “Cross-Patient” Worklist displays.

d) Select the appropriate worklist View from the drop-down list that contains the necessary orders that require specimen collection (for example, Specimen Collection).

e) Highlight the patient’s name from the left pane. All items that exist for that patient will display to the right.

f) Right-click on the appropriate order and select Edit. The Order Details page displays.

g) Under the Additional Details section, click on the Specimen Collection button. The Collection Dialog box displays.

h) In the Orders requiring collection field, indicate the date/time that the specimen was collected or click Now.

i) Click Encounter to specify the appropriate encounter. The Encounter Selector dialog box displays.

j) Select the appropriate encounter that the charges are to be submitted against and click OK.

k) To close the Collection Dialog box, click OK.

l) Click OK when finished.

m) Click Commit on the Clinical Toolbar to save the changes to the database.

6) If yes, once the encounter information has been saved and the order is in an active status, the charge code(s) will populate a charge encounter form.

7) Is the order chargeable when resulted? Some organizations require that results are received for an order before submitting charges. Submitting charges too soon could result in fraud in the event that the patient never presented for the test or the specimen was ruined before the test was run.

8) If yes, once the order has been resulted within the system (either manually or via an interface) the charge code(s) will populate a charge encounter form.

9) The order is set up to charge upon completion. This setting may be used for those orderable items where an organization requires the provider to verify the results (considering the verification the final stage of the order) before charging or where no result is expected.

10) Is verification required?

11) If yes, the provider verifies the results for the order. Follow workflow (R3) Results Verification for the Certified Workflow steps.

Page 132: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 132 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

12) Once the order has been completed (either manually or upon verification) the charge code(s) populates a charge encounter form.

13) The provider reviews and validates the encounter form. To do this, perform the following steps:

a) Go to the Encounter Form horizontal toolbar.

b) Verify that the appropriate information is within the Billing Provider, Performing Provider, Referring Provider (if necessary), Division (if necessary), Billing Area (if necessary) and Location fields. Make adjustments if necessary.

c) Review the order of the diagnoses within the Diagnosis Summary pane and make adjustments as necessary.

d) Review the visit and procedure charges within the Charges Summary pane for any of the following:

▪ All Charge codes have been added. ▪ The diagnosis linking is appropriate. ▪ The number of units listed is accurate, if applicable. ▪ Any modifiers are selected, if necessary. ▪ The order is correct (using the up and down arrows below the listing for optimal

reimbursement based on RVU). ▪ Allscripts Enterprise EHR provides a variety of charge edits. If a charge triggers an edit,

an alert with a hyperlink will appear on the Encounter Form next to the corresponding Charge.

▪ Click on the hyperlink to review the charge edit information and possible resolution. Providers can still submit charges without addressing charge edits which will result in a task for the billing staff to review.

You cannot submit Encounter Form charges until at least one charge is linked to one diagnosis code and all required fields have an entry.

14) Once all the information has been verified, the provider submits the encounter form by clicking Submit.

Providers can default where they will be taken next within the system (for example, to the Schedule, Tasks, and so forth) by setting the “Display When Submit Button is Activated” preference under the Personalize link.

15) Are the charges being reviewed by the Billing staff before being sent to the billing system? If yes, proceed to workflow (J5) Review Encounter Charges for the Certified Workflow steps.

16) If the charges are not being reviewed and there are no outstanding charge edits (no further attention is required), the charges are sent to the billing system. The status changes to “Submitted.”

Once charges have been submitted for a given appointment encounter, a $ dollar sign icon appears on the Schedule.

Page 133: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 133 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(J4) Charging for Administrations This workflow provides the detailed steps to complete a charge encounter form for a chargeable or billable administration selected for a patient visit.

Figure 39 (J4) Charging for Administrations

To understand chargeable administrations, review the following:

1) During a patient encounter, the provider selects an order that requires administration for a problem that is chargeable. Please refer to the (H3 & H4) Order and Plan workflows for more information about ordering administrations.

2) Is the order that was selected chargeable on order?

3) If yes, once the encounter information has been saved and the order is in an active status, the charge code(s) will populate a charge encounter form.

The charges for the specified order will populate the encounter in context if the date of service, billing provider, and billing location all match. If any of the information is different, the charges will populate a new “Result Charge” encounter.

4) The order is set up to charge upon completion.

5) Once the order has been completed the charge code(s) will populate a charge encounter form.

6) The provider reviews and validates the encounter form. To do this, perform the following steps:

a) Go to the Encounter Form horizontal toolbar.

Page 134: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 134 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

b) Verify that the appropriate information is within the Billing Provider, Performing Provider, Referring Provider (if necessary), Division (if necessary), Billing Area (if necessary) and Location fields. Make adjustments if necessary.

c) Review the order of the diagnoses within the Diagnosis Summary pane and make adjustments as necessary.

d) Review the visit and procedure charges within the Charges Summary pane for any of the following:

▪ All Charge codes have been added. ▪ The diagnosis linking is appropriate. ▪ The number of units listed is accurate, if applicable. ▪ Any modifiers are selected, if necessary. ▪ The order is correct (using the up and down arrows below the listing for optimal

reimbursement based on RVU). ▪ Allscripts Enterprise EHR provides a variety of charge edits. If a charge triggers an edit,

an alert with a hyperlink will appear on the Encounter Form next to the corresponding Charge.

▪ Click on the hyperlink to review the charge edit information and possible resolution. Providers can still submit charges without addressing charge edits which will result in a task for the billing staff to review.

You cannot submit Encounter Form charges until at least one charge is linked to one diagnosis code and all required fields have an entry.

7) Once all the information has been verified, the provider submits the encounter form by clicking Submit.

Providers can default where they will be taken next within the system (for example, to the Schedule, Tasks, and so forth) by setting the “Display When Submit Button is Activated” preference under the Personalize link.

8) Are the charges being reviewed by the Billing staff before being sent to the billing system? If yes, proceed to workflow (J5) Review Encounter Charges for the Certified Workflow steps.

9) If the charges are not being reviewed and there are no outstanding charge edits (no further attention is required), the charges are sent to the billing system. The status changes to “Submitted.”

Once charges have been submitted for a given appointment encounter, a $ dollar sign icon appears on the Schedule.

Page 135: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 135 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(J5) Review Encounter Charges This workflow describes the detailed steps for reviewing a charge encounter form before it is submitted and officially sent to the billing system. Most organizations prefer having the billing personnel review all encounter charges to ensure accurate coding and that the information meets the level of care being provided.

Figure 40 (J5) Review Encounter Charges

To review encounter charges, follow these steps:

1) A charge-related task is received. There are three charge tasks that require review of the charge encounter form, which are as follows:

▪ Review Encounter Form (Review Enc Form)

▪ Manage Charge Edits (Mng Chg Edits)

▪ Adjust Charges (Adjust Charges)

2) Billing staff monitors the task list and selects a charge-related task. To select a task, follow these steps:

a) The user should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon and login.

b) From the Billing vertical toolbar, make sure you are on the Task List horizontal toolbar.

c) At the View drop-down list, select the appropriate task view from the drop-down list that contains the necessary charge tasks to be worked.

d) Select the desired task by double-clicking on it. The corresponding charge Encounter Form for the selected patient displays.

Page 136: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 136 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

3) Billing staff reviews the charge details on the Encounter Form. To review the Encounter Form details, do the following:

a) Verify that the appropriate Billing information is correct and make necessary adjustments as appropriate.

▪ Billing Provider ▪ Performing Provider ▪ Referring Provider (if applicable) ▪ Billing Location ▪ Division (if applicable) ▪ Billing Area (if applicable) ▪ Compliance Code (if applicable)

b) Within the Diagnosis Summary pane, verify the diagnoses listed and the order is appropriate. Make adjustments as necessary.

c) Within the Charges Summary pane, verify the visit and procedure charges information is appropriate. Make adjustments as necessary:

▪ All Charge codes have been added. ▪ The diagnosis linking is appropriate. ▪ The number of units listed is accurate (if applicable). ▪ Any modifiers are selected, if necessary. ▪ The order is correct (using the up and down arrows below the listing for optimal

reimbursement based on RVU). ▪ Resolve all edits. If a charge triggers an edit, an alert with a hyperlink will appear on the

Encounter Form next to the corresponding Charge. o To resolve the status of these items, click on the icon. The system displays the Charge

Edits page with a list of missing information or a warning related to the selected charge.

d) Verify that the Special Billing information and other encounter details are appropriate. Adjust as needed.

4) Do the charges require editing? If no editing is required, proceed to step 9.

5) If yes, do any of the edits require the billing provider’s input? If the necessary edits do not require input from the billing provider, proceed to step 8.

Users can save an Encounter Form as draft for completion at a later time.

6) If the edits do require the billing provider’s input, the billing staff tasks the provider with the question. To create a task, follow these steps:

a) From the Encounter Form horizontal toolbar, click the New Task… button. The Task Detail dialog box displays.

b) Select the User option.

c) Select the appropriate billing provider from the drop-down list to whom the task should be assigned. To search for a user, select All (if necessary).

d) Select the Task Type of Go to Enc Form.

Page 137: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 137 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

e) Update the Priority, if necessary.

f) Enter the question within the Comment section.

You can use text templates to add comments. Click the Text Templates button to view a list of available templates.

g) Alter the Activate and Overdue Date, if necessary.

h) Enter information for a Notify task, if appropriate.

i) Click OK.

7) The provider replies to the task with the necessary details. To reply to a task, follow these steps:

a) From the Task List horizontal toolbar, select the appropriate task by single-clicking it.

b) Click the Reply… button. The Task Reply dialog box displays.

c) Enter the necessary details within the Comments section.

d) Click OK.

8) The billing staff completes necessary edits.

9) Once the information is complete, the billing staff submits the Encounter Form by clicking Submit.

10) The status changes to “Submitted,” and charges are sent to the billing system.

Page 138: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 138 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(K) Follow-Up and Checkout Introduction Just as the Electronic Healthcare Record (EHR) can enhance the provider and nursing communications with patients and vice versa, it also can improve the team’s internal coordination. Efficient communication from the provider to the support staff to finalize follow-up care required for the patient prior to check-out is an important component of the overall patient care experience.

Communication via the EHR of needed follow-up activities for the patient prior to checking out further eliminates the need for paper and manual steps. Tasking and/ or Worklists are an effective method to utilize to facilitate this communication.

The workflows contained in this section are focused on those activities support staff may need to perform as part of the patient check-out process:

▪ Scheduling Order Appointments—This workflow provides the steps to update an order that requires an appointment to be scheduled. The front desk staff works the item via a Worklist to schedule an appointment as the next step in completion of the provider’s order.

▪ Scheduling a Referral Appointment—This workflow provides the steps to update a referral order that was created as part of the (H7) Referral workflow and schedule the necessary appointment for the referral. The front desk or referral staff works the item via a Worklist to schedule a patient referral appointment as ordered by the provider.

Figure 41 (K) Follow-up and Checkout

End

Referral appointment

needed?

No

No

Yes

Appointment needed for an

order?

K1K

K2

D

G1 G2

G3 G4

Yes

Page 139: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 139 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(K1) Scheduling Order Appointments This workflow provides detailed steps for completing an order that requires an appointment or follow-up visit. This is typically done using an enterprise Worklist View that is set up for the appropriate staff, such as the front desk, clinical staff, or other role responsible for scheduling patient appointments for orders.

Figure 42 (K1) Scheduling Order Appointments

(5)Staff updates order status & commits

data

H7

K1

(2)Staff monitors

Worklist & selects appropriate item

End

K

(3)Schedule

appointment now?

No

(4)Staff schedules

appointment & gives patient reminder

card

(11)Staff completes

checkout process as appropriate

Yes(1)

Orders on Hold For-Scheduling

(10)Order status changes to

Active

(7)Staff updates the

order status & commits data

(8)Staff calls patient

and makes appointment

(6)Will Patient schedule?

Yes

No

(9)Staff updates order status & commits

data

H5 H6

(12)Are results expected?

(13)Order status changes to Complete

R

1) When an appointment is needed for an order, the status of the order changes to “Hold For” because scheduling is needed. Staff monitors these items via a Worklist.

Administrators should create an enterprise Worklist View that looks at all orders that require additional information (Order Status = Required Information) and are being held for scheduling (Order Status Reason = Scheduling) for Staff to work from.

2) Staff monitors the Worklist and selects a patient Worklist item. To select a Worklist item, follow these steps:

a) Clinical staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart vertical toolbar, click on the Worklist horizontal toolbar. The “Cross-Patient” Worklist displays.

Page 140: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 140 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

c) Select the appropriate Worklist View from the drop-down list that contains the necessary orders to review.

d) Single-click on the patient’s name within the left pane to expand all items that exist for that patient.

3) Is an appointment being scheduled now for the order?

4) Typically the staff works with the patient and tries to schedule the appointment during the check-out process. If an appointment can be scheduled now, the staff provides the patient with a reminder card or visit documentation that outlines the scheduled appointment.

If the appointment for the order is within the organization, the staff typically would schedule the appointment within the Practice Management System.

5) The staff updates the order with the appointment information and commits the data. To update an order with the appointment information via a Worklist item, follow these steps:

a) Highlight the appropriate order by single-clicking it.

b) Click Edit on the component action toolbar. Or right-click and select Edit from the menu. The Order Details page displays.

c) Expand the Additional Details section.

d) From the Appointment Status drop-down list, select Appointment Scheduled.

e) Add encounter-specific information for the scheduled appointment under the Associated Encounter section, if appropriate. To associate an encounter for when an order is scheduled for, do the following:

i) Within the Order Details page, expand the Associated Encounter section.

ii) Click the Encounter… button next to the Scheduled For option. The Encounter Selector displays.

An appointment that was scheduled within the Practice Management System will be available for selection under the ‘Existing Encounters’.

iii) Select the appropriate encounter.

iv) Click OK. The encounter selected populates the Order Details page.

f) Click OK.

g) Click Commit to save updates to the database.

6) If not scheduling the appointment now, will the patient be calling to schedule at a later time?

7) If the patient will call to schedule, staff updates the order’s appointment status to reflect that and commits the data. To update an order with the appointment information via a Worklist item, follow these steps:

a) Highlight the appropriate order by single-clicking it.

b) Click Edit on the component action toolbar. Or right-click and select Edit from the menu. The Order Details page displays.

Page 141: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 141 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

c) Expand the Additional Details section.

d) From the Appointment Status drop-down list, select Patient Will Schedule.

e) Click OK.

f) Click Commit to save updates to the database.

8) If an appointment is needed and not scheduled initially or by the patient, the staff typically calls the patient to make the necessary follow-up appointment.

Users can enter comments under the Order Annotations section of the Order Details page.

9) Once an appointment has been scheduled with the patient, the staff updates the order’s appointment status and commits the data. To update the appointment status of an order via a Worklist item, follow these steps:

a) Highlight the appropriate order by single-clicking it.

b) Click Edit on the component action toolbar. Or right-click and select Edit from the menu. The Order Details page displays.

c) Expand the Additional Details section.

d) From the Appointment Status drop-down list, select Appointment Scheduled.

e) Add encounter-specific information for the scheduled appointment under the Associated Encounter section, if appropriate. To associate an encounter for when an order is scheduled for, do the following:

i) Within the Order Details page, expand the Associated Encounter section.

ii) Click the Encounter… button next to the Scheduled For option. The Encounter Selector displays.

iii) Select the appropriate encounter.

iv) Click OK. The encounter selected populates the Order Details page.

f) Click OK.

g) Click Commit to save updates to the database.

10) The Order status changes to “Active” once all necessary information and/or reasons for being held up are resolved (as applicable).

Organizations can set up orders where no result is expected to automatically complete once they become active or monitor them within Allscripts Enterprise EHR (see workflow Q2 – Tracking Overdue Orders for more details).

11) Staff completes the follow-up and checkout process as appropriate per organization’s protocol.

Page 142: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 142 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(K2) Referral Appointments This workflow provides detailed steps for completing a referral order. Typically, this is done through an enterprise Worklist View that is set up for the appropriate staff, such as the front desk, clinical staff, or other role responsible for working referral orders and making patient appointments.

Figure 43 (K2) Referral Appointments

H7

K2

K

(7)Schedule

appointment now?

(15)Have referral results been

received?

No

(4)Staff completes

necessary referral order information &

commits data

No

(8)Staff schedules

referral appointment, updates order status

& commits data

(14)Staff completes

referral & checkout process

as appropriate

(2)Referral Order need additional

information?

Yes

Yes

No

(1)Staff monitors

Worklist & selects patient referral item

Yes

(5)Referral Order

require an appointment?

(6)Order status changes to Hold For-

Scheduling

Yes

(3)Order status changes to

Needs Information

(13)Order status changes to

Active

(10)Staff updates the

order status & commits data

(11)Staff calls patient

and makes referral appointment

(9)Will Patient schedule?

Yes

No

(12)Staff updates order status & commits

data

Q2

R4

To complete a referral order, follow these steps:

1) Staff monitors the Worklist and selects a patient item. To select an item, follow these steps:

a) Staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart vertical toolbar, click on the Worklist horizontal toolbar. The “Cross-Patient” Worklist displays.

c) Select the appropriate Worklist View from the drop-down list that contains the necessary orders to review.

d) Single-click on the patient’s name within the left pane to expand all items that exist for that patient.

2) Does the referral order need any additional information? Some organizations may associate clinical questions to referral orders where they require additional information.

Page 143: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 143 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

3) If yes, the referral order status changes to “Need Information” since required information is needed. Staff monitors these items to work.

4) Staff completes the necessary referral order information and commits the data. To update an order via a Worklist item, do the following:

a) Click on the appropriate order to highlight it.

b) Click Edit on the component action toolbar. Or Right-Click on the order and select ‘Edit’ from the menu. The Order Details page displays.

c) Under the Clinical Questions sections, complete the required information as appropriate.

d) Click OK.

e) Click Commit to save updates to the database

Users can save and commit encounter information without reviewing the Encounter Summary page by clicking Commit on the Clinical Toolbar. This is controlled by the “Encounter Summary Review Before Save” user preference.

5) Does the referral order require an appointment to be scheduled?

6) If yes, the status of the referral order changes to “Hold For” since scheduling is needed. The appropriate staff monitors these items to work.

Administrators should create an enterprise Worklist View that looks at all orders that require additional information (Order Status Reason = Required Information) and are being held for scheduling (Order Status Reason = Scheduling) for staff to work from.

7) Is an appointment being scheduled now for the referral?

8) Typically the staff works with the patient and tries to schedule the appointment during the check-out process. If an appointment can be scheduled now, the staff schedules the referral appointment and updates the order with the appointment information before committing the data. To update an order with the appointment information via a Worklist item, follow these steps:

a) Click on the appropriate order to highlight it.

b) Click Edit on the component action toolbar. Or Right-Click and select Edit from the menu. The Order Details page displays.

c) Expand the Additional Details section.

d) From the Appointment Status drop-down list, select Appointment Scheduled.

e) Add encounter-specific information for the scheduled appointment under the Associated Encounter section, if appropriate. To associate an encounter for when an order is scheduled for, do the following:

i) Within the Order Details page, expand the Associated Encounter section.

ii) Click the Encounter… button next to the Scheduled For option. The Encounter Selector displays.

iii) Select the appropriate encounter.

iv) Click OK. The encounter selected populates the Order Details page.

Page 144: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 144 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

f) Click OK.

g) Click Commit to save updates to the database.

9) If not scheduling the appointment now, will the patient be calling to schedule at a later time?

10) If the patient will be calling to schedule, staff updates the order’s appointment status to reflect that and commits the data. To update an order with the appointment information via a Worklist item, follow these steps:

a) Click on the appropriate order to highlight it.

b) Click Edit on the component action toolbar. Or Right-Click and select Edit from the menu. The Order Details page displays.

c) Expand the Additional Details section.

d) From the Appointment Status drop-down list, select Patient Will Schedule.

e) Click OK.

f) Click Commit to save updates to the database.

11) If an appointment is needed and not scheduled initially or by the patient, the staff typically calls the patient to make the necessary referral appointment.

Users can enter comments under the Order Annotations section of the Order Details page.

12) Once an appointment has been determined, the staff updates the order’s appointment status and commits the data. To update the appointment status of an order via a Worklist item, follow these steps:

a) Highlight the appropriate order by single-clicking it.

b) Click Edit on the component action toolbar. Or Right-Click and select Edit from the menu. The Order Details page displays.

c) Expand the Additional Details section.

d) From the Appointment Status drop-down list, select Appointment Scheduled.

e) Add encounter-specific information for the scheduled appointment under the Associated Encounter section, if appropriate. To associate an encounter for when an order is scheduled for, do the following:

i) Within the Order Details page, expand the Associated Encounter section.

ii) Click the Encounter… button next to the Scheduled For option. The Encounter Selector displays.

iii) Select the appropriate encounter.

iv) Click OK. The encounter selected populates the Order Details page.

f) Click OK.

g) Click Commit to save updates to the database.

13) The order status changes to “Active” once all necessary information and/or reasons for being held up are resolved (as applicable).

Page 145: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 145 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

14) Staff completes the referral and checkout process as appropriate per organization’s protocol.

15) Have the referral results been received? Typically, ordering providers will receive consult documentation or results once the patient has completed the referral visit. If the ordering provider does receive results, proceed to workflow (R4) Results Referral for Certified Workflow steps. If no results have been received, follow (Q2) Tracking Overdue Orders for next steps.

Page 146: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 146 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(L) Renewal Management Introduction Renewal management refers to the decision making process that extends to the long-term management of a patient’s medications. Historically, the prescription renewal management process has consumed a significant portion of the clinical staff’s time. Everything from pulling paper charts, to transporting them and attaching paper routing/ fax requests, to the provider approving or denying the manual requests, to the staff waiting on the phone to speak with a pharmacist or handling many callbacks for formulary alternative questions, this process is one that most organizations struggle to improve and make more cost effective and patient care oriented.

Introduction of an electronic health record assists with drastically improving many of the challenges organizations face in this area. This section contains details that will provide organizations the opportunity to receive many benefits, for example:

▪ Receive medication formulary checking feedback for medication renewal requests. ▪ Produce accurate and legible prescriptions with associated comments back to the retail

or mail order pharmacies. ▪ Send and receive direct, electronic communication via Surescripts to retail pharmacies. ▪ Send and receive direct, electronic communication via RxHub to mail order pharmacies. ▪ Maintain a centralized, paperless medication list for every patient. ▪ Utilize Tasking and Worklist workflows to further eliminate paper and manual processes.

The workflows contained in this section discuss the following two areas:

Prescription Renewals—This workflow includes managing “traditional” renewal requests that are received via a fax or phone call from a pharmacy or from the patient. Surescripts Renewals—This workflow includes managing the electronic transmissions of inbound renewal requests (received in Allscripts Enterprise EHR via tasks) from retail pharmacies.

Enrollment with Surescripts is required prior to utilizing this workflow. There is no additional cost to use Surescripts as part of Rx+. Please work with your Allscripts project manager to enroll in this program.

Page 147: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 147 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Figure 44 (L) Renewal Management

End

Renewal request phoned or faxed in?

Utilizing SureScripts?

No

Yes

L

L2

No

Yes L1

Page 148: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 148 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(L1) Prescription Renewals This workflow defines the steps for managing prescription renewal requests received directly from the patient or from the pharmacy. This workflow assumes that the renewal request is being received from either a phone call or via a faxed paper request.

Figure 45 (L1) Prescription Renewals

To respond to a phoned/faxed in renewal request, follow these steps:

1) The prescription renewal request is received in the office. These requests may be received by a Call Center via phone or within Medical Records via fax. Depending on your organization, the request is typically routed per protocol to a clinical staff member to review prior to the request being sent to the provider for authorization.

2) Can the staff member create the prescription? Depending on if the staff member receiving the initial renewal request is a clinical versus a non-clinical staff member, will determine if call processing is utilized. Most clients usually do not give non-clinical staff members the security privilege to create or renew prescriptions.

3) If no, the non-clinical staff member (such as a front desk role) uses call processing to document the renewal request and routes to the appropriate clinical staff. Follow these steps to create a call processing task:

Page 149: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 149 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

a) Staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) Go to the Call Processing workspace.

c) Click the Select Pt… button. The Select Patient dialog box displays.

d) Search for the appropriate patient using any of the patient search options.

e) Select the correct patient by double-clicking. The selected patient populates the Call Processing page and the patient banner.

When a user selects a patient, the system displays the patient’s most recent appointment and the next scheduled appointment on the Call Processing page.

f) Click Patient is Caller or enter in caller’s name as appropriate.

g) Select the appropriate relationship to the patient from the Relation drop-down list, if necessary. When the patient is the caller, their information will automatically populate.

h) Verify the caller’s phone numbers.

i) Select Renew Medication from the Reason for Call drop-down list.

j) Click Text Template and select the appropriate Rx Renewal template.

Text templates allow organizations to create predefined or “canned” text that can be inserted into a text box, which saves the user from having to type in the same information over and over again.

k) Click OK.

l) Click Copy to Task.

m) Validate that the Med Renewal Request Task type defaulted.

Organizations can associate a Task type to each Reason for Call entry to streamline the workflow. Then, when users click Copy to Task, the designated task will automatically default.

n) Select the appropriate Clinical Staff from the Assign To (User) drop-down list to whom the renewal should be routed or click All to do a search.

o) Alter the Activate and Overdue Date, if necessary.

p) Enter information for a Notify Task, if appropriate.

q) Click OK.

r) Click Clear Form and enter another request or proceed to the next activity

4) The task is sent to the clinical staff member for pre-screening.

5) The clinical staff member receives the renewal request either directly via phone/fax or via a task sent from the non-clinical staff member. In either case, the clinical staff member then takes the first steps to review the request and create the renewal.

Page 150: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 150 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

An enterprise task view needs to be set up for the clinical staff responsible for pre-screening medication renewal requests for a provider or group of providers.

a) To review the renewal information received via task, follow these steps:

i) Clinical staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

ii) Go to the Chart menu and then the Task List horizontal toolbar.

iii) Select the appropriate View that contains the Medication Renewal tasks.

iv) Select the desired task or double-click to open the Task Detail dialog box.

v) All entered information can be found under Comments.

vi) Continue to “b” (see below) for steps on how to renew a prescription (steps ii – vii).

vii) Once finished, click Done to complete the task.

b) To create a renewal prescription, follow these steps:

i) Clinical staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

ii) Verify the appropriate patient is in context (either by selecting the task or using Select Patient to do a search).

iii) Go to the Clinical Desktop horizontal toolbar or click on the qChart icon on the Clinical Toolbar if coming from the Task List.

iv) From the Meds component, select the desired medication.

If multiple prescriptions need to be renewed, the user can multi-select (using CTRL and/or SHIFT options) the appropriate medications, right-click and select Renew from the context menu.

v) Click Renew for medications that are being renewed with no changes. Or, click Renew with Changes for medications that are being renewed, but will require changes to drug strength, SIG, days supply, quantity, or refill numbers. The Encounter Selector dialog box displays.

vi) Select the appropriate encounter. If Renew with Changes was selected, the Medication Details page displays first and then the Encounter Select screen will display.

vii) Complete desired changes from the Medication Details page if renewing with changes. Click OK.

6) Does the clinical staff that is performing the renewal have the security to prescribe by protocol? For those organizations that have standing protocols in place to allow clinical staff (typically RNs) to prescribe certain medications, an additional security code is available that enables the clinical staff members to update the authorization status of a medication from prospective to retrospective. This allows the renewal to be generated without having to wait for the provider to authorize it.

Therefore, if the clinical staff has the proper authority they could renew by protocol. An Order

Page 151: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 151 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Notification task is sent to the ordering provider to notify them a prescription was renewed “by protocol.” To renew by protocol, follow these steps:

a) Clinical staff has selected Renew with Changes (as outlined in step 5).

b) Under Additional Details, click on the Auth drop-down list.

c) Select either Per Protocol or Per Verbal Order, as appropriate.

Medication Order Details page

Authorization field

d) Complete all other details for the prescription, as appropriate.

e) Click OK when finished.

f) Click Commit to save changes to the database.

g) Proceed to step 15.

7) If not prescribing by protocol, the clinical staff clicks Commit to save all renewed medication(s). The order status changes to “Requires Authorization.”

8) The provider reviews the orders requiring authorization via the Patient Worklist component on the Clinical Desktop.

a) Provider should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart menu, click on the Task List horizontal toolbar. If a patient is already in context in the Banner, the provider may skip this step and go directly to the Patient Worklist Component on the Clinical Desktop to view Worklist items.

c) Select the View that filters on Authorize Order tasks (typically a combined order-result management view).

d) Select the desired task by double-clicking. The patient will be put in context in the Banner and the system will navigate to the Worklist Component within the Clinical Desktop.

e) Verify the appropriate worklist View from the drop-down list that contains the necessary medication orders requiring authorization (typically a combined order-result management view) is selected.

9) Will the prescription renewal request be authorized?

10) If yes, are any changes to the prescription needed? There are some instances that the provider may need to modify the prescription when granting or approving a renewal request. If no modifications are needed, the provider would simply authorize the prescription as is.

a) To authorize an order where no medication change is needed, do the following:

i) Click on the desired prescription to highlight it.

Page 152: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 152 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

ii) Click Authorize on the action toolbar. Or providers can right-click on the medication and select Authorize from the context menu.

iii) Respond to any DUR alerts, as appropriate. Once authorized, the prescription will auto-clear from the Worklist.

iv) Click on the left or right Next Patient button to advance to the next patient on the list.

Click Next Patient.

It is not necessary to return to the Task List workspace to complete items for multiple patients. Any Authorize Order task associated to a Worklist item will be auto-completed once the item is responded to within the Worklist workspace.

v) Proceed to step 15.

11) If changes are needed to the prescription that is to be authorized, the provider first edits the medication. To edit a prescription, follow these steps:

a) Click on the desired prescription to highlight it.

b) Click Edit on the action toolbar. Or providers can right-click on the medication and select Edit from the context menu.

c) From the Medication Details page update the prescription, as necessary. Click OK.

d) Respond to any DUR alerts, as appropriate.

e) Click Commit to save changes to the database. Once saved, the prescription will auto-clear from the Worklist.

The action of Authorize will automatically commit or “save” changes to the database. All other actions (such as Edit, Reject, Annotate, and so on.) must be committed for the changes to be saved to the database. If acting on multiple orders, any item edited or rejected prior to authorizing an item will also be saved once the action of Authorize is performed.

f) Proceed to step 15.

12) If the prescription is not going to be authorized, the provider may have various reasons for refusing the request. For instance, the provider may want to see the patient first, “switch” the patient to a new medication, or maybe the patient was never prescribed the medication being requested. Does the provider want the patient to stop or discontinue the medication?

13) If yes, will the prescription be replaced with a new medication?

Page 153: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 153 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

14) If yes, the provider creates a new prescription to replace the requested medication. To discontinue and replace a medication, do the following:

a) Click Add New Medication icon on the Clinical Toolbar. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays.

b) From the Rx/Orders primary tab, click on the Rx secondary tab, if needed.

c) Using the patient’s active problems list within the Patient Pane (upper-left corner), click on

the appropriate problem name to link the highlighted problem to the new medication.

d) Find the new medication via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList, or by Master search.

e) Select a medication by placing a checkmark in the box. The Medication Details page displays.

f) Respond to the following two prompts, if needed; 1) insurance formulary alternatives, or 2)

allergy warning if the medication being prescribed would interact.

g) Select the desired SIG, Days supply, Quantity, number of refills, and other prescription details as appropriate.

h) Under the Additional Details section, enter comments within the Pharmacy Instructions

field to indicate that the new prescription is replacing a recent request, if necessary.

i) Click the Replaced drop-down list and select the appropriate medication that is being replaced with this new medication.

j) Click OK (on both the Medication Details page and ACI).

k) Respond to any DUR prompts, if needed.

l) Click Commit to save changes to the database.

m) The new medication is added to the patient’s Current Medications and the replaced

medication is moved to the Past Meds.

n) Proceed to step 15.

15) The prescription is generated, as defined by the fulfillment action (communication method).

16) Where no replacement is going to be issued but the provider would like to stop or discontinue the medication, the provider annotates and rejects (voids) the renewal. To annotate and void the renewal, follow these steps:

a) Click the appropriate medication and select Annotate. The Add Annotation dialog box displays.

b) Enter necessary information for clinical staff and click OK. The Encounter Selector displays.

c) Select the appropriate encounter.

d) With medication still highlighted, click Reject to void. Or right-click and select Void from the context menu.

e) From the Change Status screen, verify the status is Voided. Click OK.

Page 154: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 154 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

f) Click Commit to save changes to the database.

17) The system automatically creates a Rejected Rx task.

18) Even though a provider refuses a renewal request, they still may want the patient to continue taking the current medication that was requested. This keeps the medication on the patient’s current medication list to participate in future DUR alerts. The provider documents the refusal reason and necessary actions for the specific medication to be completed by the clinical staff. To create a medication-related task, follow these steps:

a) With the medication highlighted, click on the New Task icon. The Task Detail dialog box displays.

b) Select the Task type of Go to Med from the drop-down list.

c) Select the Assign To (User or Team) for whom the task should be sent to. Typically this is

the provider sending a task to a clinical staff resource. d) Select the appropriate user or team from the drop-down list or by searching. To search for a

user, click All. e) In the Comments section, enter in the necessary details directly or via text template.

f) Alter the Activate and Overdue Date, if necessary.

g) Enter information for a Notify Task, if appropriate.

h) Click OK.

i) Provider leaves the authorize order request on the Worklist until the requested follow-up for

reason for refusal is met. At that point, the Provider should authorize or reject the request based on the results of the follow-up.

19) The system creates a “Go to Med” task to notify the clinical staff that some follow-up is needed

for the selected medication.

20) Clinical staff notifies the patient of the outcome by monitoring an enterprise task list that includes the appropriate medication tasks (for example, Rejected Rx, Go to Med, and so on) and responding to the patient accordingly. To complete the desired task, follow these steps:

a) Clinical staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart menu, go to the Task List horizontal toolbar.

c) Select the appropriate View that contains the necessary tasks to work.

d) For a Go to Med Task, single click the task to view the task comments in the bottom left Comments pane. The Medication Viewer may be opened (by double clicking) if additional information regarding the medication is desired.

e) For a Rejected Rx task, double-click on the desired task to open the Medication Viewer window.

f) Review the medication details and any provider comments under the Annotation section.

g) Complete the communication to the patient or the pharmacy, as appropriate.

Page 155: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 155 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

h) Click Annotate on the action toolbar to enter additional comments, if needed. Click OK.

i) Close the Medication Viewer window.

j) When finished, click Done to mark either task type complete.

Page 156: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 156 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(L2) Surescripts Renewals This workflow discusses the process of managing inbound prescription renewal requests received from retail pharmacies via a Surescripts transmission. Surescripts is a third-party “connection” vendor providing services to electronically connect physician offices to retail pharmacies. The transmissions are a bidirectional, direct, electronic communication (no faxes involved).

There are many benefits to utilizing Surescripts over a traditional fax method:

▪ Further eliminates paper ▪ Increases efficiency of the process as the inbound requests automatically create tasks in

Allscripts Enterprise EHR ▪ Uses less technical server resources to transmit prescriptions

Enrollment with Surescripts is required prior to utilizing this functionality. There is no additional cost to use Surescripts. Please work with your Allscripts project manager to enroll in this program.

Figure 46 (L2) Surescripts Renewals

To process a Surescripts renewal, follow these steps:

1) A pharmacist enters a renewal request for a specified patient and provider (from their pharmacy software). The retail pharmacy then transmits the renewal request electronically via Surescripts connectivity to Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

2) Once the renewal request is received by Allscripts Enterprise EHR, the system automatically creates an “Rx Renew Request” for the ordering provider (the ordering provider is indicated and selected by the pharmacist).

3) Provider monitors the task list and views the renewal request. To review the renewal request via an Rx Renew Request task, follow these steps:

a) The provider should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon and login.

Page 157: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 157 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

b) From the Chart menu, go to the Task List horizontal toolbar.

c) Select the appropriate task View, which includes the Rx Renew Request tasks.

d) Double-click on an Rx Renew Request task. The Script Message task dialog window displays.

4) Will the prescription renewal request be granted?

5) If yes, the provider grants the prescription renewal request. To grant the renewal, follow these steps:

a) Verify that the Patient Info in Request (name, DOB, address and MRN) displayed on the left matches to the correct patient in Allscripts Enterprise EHR, which is listed just to the right under Patient Info in Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

i) If the fields under Patient Info in Allscripts Enterprise EHR are blank, this means the incoming message was unable to find a patient match in the Allscripts Enterprise EHR database.

ii) Click the Patient Info in Allscripts Enterprise EHR button to perform a patient search and match the incoming message to the correct Allscripts Enterprise EHR patient.

b) Verify the Rx Info from Pharmacy drug information (name and dose) matches correctly to the drug information displayed next to Drug Name in Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

i) If the Drug Name in Allscripts Enterprise EHR fields are blank, this means the incoming message was unable to find a drug match in the Allscripts Enterprise EHR database.

ii) Click Drug Name in Allscripts Enterprise EHR to perform a drug search and select the correct drug information.

c) Under the Rx Info in Request section, verify the Days Supply, Qty (quantity) SIG, and Refills values. These values may be changed as needed.

d) The Rx By field lists the ordering provider name. Change only as needed.

e) Enter in a free text Message to Pharmacy, as appropriate.

f) View the patient’s Active Medications and Active Allergies listed on the right-side of the page, as needed as part of the clinical decision making process.

g) Click Grant. The task auto-completes.

6) The request is transmitted back to the retail pharmacy via Surescripts with an approval status indicated.

7) If the request is not granted, the provider refuses the request and selects the appropriate refusal reason. To refuse a renewal request, follow these steps:

a) Provider should already be within the Script Message task dialog window.

Patient name and drug in Allscripts Enterprise EHR are not required to match the request if it is refused.

b) Enter in a free text Message to Pharmacy, if necessary.

c) Click Refuse. A Refuse Reason dialog box displays.

Page 158: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 158 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

d) Select an appropriate refusal reason from the pre-defined selections or click Other with Free Text and type in a reason.

e) Click Save.

If the reason for refusal is because the medication will be substituted, indicate this reason in the comments field so the pharmacist can expect a separate prescription to be sent.

8) The request is transmitted back to the retail pharmacy via Surescripts with the refusal status indicated.

Allscripts Enterprise EHR does not automatically document the refusal in a patient’s chart. This must be done manually if desired.

9) Does the prescription that was refused require a substitute prescription? Often, a prescription may be refused because the provider wants to “switch” the patient to a new medication. In this instance, the recommended Best Practice is to first refuse the request (as outlined above).

10) The provider then creates a new prescription. Typically the provider changes an existing medication’s dose form, selects an equivalent medication, or replaces the rejected medication. Please refer to workflow (H1) Ad Hoc Prescription for the Certified Workflow steps for creating a new prescription.

11) The same retail pharmacy should default (be selected) as part of the prescribing process for the new medication, therefore the substitution prescription will be transmitted to the same retail pharmacy via Surescripts.

Page 159: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 159 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(M) Document Management Introduction Document Management in regards to a non-patient visit focuses on documents that have been dictated by the provider. Dictation can originate from many sources, such as from within Allscripts Enterprise EHR or through the use of a separate phone or hospital-based dictation system. The document is then transcribed (translating the voice recording into text) and when complete becomes available within Allscripts Enterprise EHR (through an inbound interface from a third-party transcription vendor or via Allscripts Enterprise EHR Transcribe). Once the document is received, it may require the provider to review and sign the document before being finalized.

These types of inbound documents are often referred to as “unstructured” documents. These documents are not the same as structured Notes, which workflow details are discussed separately in the (G) Document (Patient Visit) workflows.

There are many nuances when it comes to the overall document management strategy. The workflows contained in this section are as follows:

Inbound Transcription—This workflow discusses how the unstructured document is presented to the provider for review via a task. This workflow also describes the steps a provider may need to take when edits or corrections to the document are needed prior to making it final. The workflow assumes only a single signature is needed from a provider (typically one who represents both the author and the owner of the document) to make the document final. Transcription with Dual Signature—This workflow discusses the situation where an unstructured document requires the signature of two providers prior to the document being considered final. The first provider begins the review, signs the document when complete (not making it final), and is then prompted to route the document to a second provider for review and finalization. This workflow typically applies to a resident/preceptor scenario where the resident receives the transcribed document first, reviews and signs it (usually as the author of the document) and then forwards it to their Preceptor (MD) for review and finalization signature (usually as the owner of the document). Document Reconciliation—This workflow defines the steps to complete reconciliation on an inbound transcription or unstructured documents where a provider requests a correction.

Page 160: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 160 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Figure 47 (M) Document Management

G6

End

Inbound document requiring dual signatures?

No

Inbound transcription received?M

No

M1Yes

M2Yes

Unstructured document requiring correction?

No

M3Yes

Page 161: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 161 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(M1) Inbound Transcription This Document workflow defines the Certified Workflow steps to complete the review, edit, and sign-off of unstructured documents associated to Sign Note tasks. These may have been received from an inbound document interface from a transcription vendor or filed back in from Allscripts Enterprise EHR Transcribe.

Figure 48 (M1) Inbound Transcription

M

M1(6)

Provider reviews document

(9)Can provider

complete edits?

(8)Provider signs and makes document

final

(10)Provider completes edits to document

(15)Provider dictates

edits or re-dictates entire document

(17)Transcription

completes necessary edits

(18)Provider requests

correction & comments on

changes needed

(20)Medical Records

corrects Document

(5)Sign Note

task created

(7)Are edits needed?

Yes Yes

(12)Do edits require further dictation?

No

No

End

(1)Transcribed document received in

TouchWorks

(2)Document part of

Electronic Workflow?

(3)Provider part of

Electronic Workflow?

Yes Yes

No

No

End

(19)CorrectNote Admin task is

created

End

No

(11)Provider signs and finalizes document

(13)Provider invalidates

document & provides brief explanation

Yes

(14)CorrectNote Admin task is

created

(4)Document filed into

TouchWorks

(16)Medical Records

monitors document’s

revision

M3

To complete the review, edit, and sign off of documents associated to Sign Note tasks, do the following:

1) The completed document is received in Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

2) Is the document part of the electronic workflow? When a document is received in Allscripts Enterprise EHR, the system first confirms that the document is participating in electronic workflow in order to process the document. If the document was not set up for electronic workflow, proceed to step 4.

3) If the document is part of the electronic workflow, the system next verifies whether the owner (that is, the author of the document) is participating in electronic workflow. The setup is necessary to allow providers the ability to review, edit (if necessary), and sign-off on documents.

4) If either the document or the user does not participate in electronic workflow, then the document’s status is changed to “Final-Receipt” and no document-related tasks are generated.

Page 162: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 162 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

5) If both the document and provider participate in electronic workflow, a “Sign Note” task is created. This system-generated task is placed on the provider’s task list for further action.

6) The provider reviews the document. To review a document via a Sign Note task, follow these steps:

a) The provider should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon and login.

b) From the Chart menu, click Documents (Batch Sign). The Document Completion Tasks screen displays. This page enables the provider to quickly and efficiently review and sign-off on documents from one workspace.

c) Select the appropriate patient name from the left column.

d) Review the corresponding document on the right side of the page.

If there are multiple documents concerning a patient to be reviewed, the actual number displays at the top of the document viewer pane. Click on the drop-down arrow (on the far right) to display the additional documents to be reviewed.

7) From the Review step above, the provider determines if edits are needed for the document. If edits are needed, the provider proceeds to step 9.

8) If no edits are needed, the document is ready to be signed and finalized by the provider. To sign and finalize a document, follow these steps:

a) From the Document Completion Tasks screen, verify the appropriate patient and document are still in context.

b) Review and verify the document is ready for signature.

c) Validate the Final check box is checked.

d) Click Sign.

If it is the first document in the list being signed, the Note Signature screen will display for the user to type in their password. For all subsequent notes being signed, this screen will not appear as long as the user remains within the workspace.

9) If edits are needed, are they minor enough that the provider can manually complete them? If the provider cannot complete the edits, proceed to step 12.

10) The provider determines that they can complete the necessary edits before signing and finalizing the document. Follow these steps to edit a document in Allscripts Enterprise EHR:

a) From the Document Completion Tasks screen, verify that the appropriate patient and document are still in context within the Patient Banner.

b) Click Edit.

c) Make the appropriate changes.

11) Once the document edits are done, it is ready to be signed and finalized by the provider. To sign and finalize a document, follow these steps:

a) From the Document Completion Tasks screen, verify the appropriate patient and document are still in context.

Page 163: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 163 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

b) Validate the Final check box is checked and click Sign from the Document Completion Tasks screen.

c) Click OK.

12) If the edits to the document are extensive and too time consuming for the provider to complete, creating an additional dictation is a recommended option. Providers can choose to dictate corrections to the previously transcribed document or re-dictate the entire document.

Documents that contain incorrect “Header” information, including Author, Owner, Patient, Text, or Document Type can be monitored and corrected within Allscripts Enterprise EHR by utilizing the Req Corr…. action.

13) If creating a “correction” dictation is desired, the provider should first invalidate the existing document and provide a brief explanation. To invalidate an inbound document, follow these steps:

a) From the Document Completion Tasks screen, verify that the appropriate patient and document are in still context.

b) Click Req Corr… (Request Correction). The Request Correction page displays.

c) Select the appropriate Priority: Routine, ASAP, or Urgent.

d) The Recipient should default to Medical Records Team.

e) Check Invalidate – Do Not Correct. The purpose for invalidation is to remove the incorrect document out of view within ChartViewer until it is accurate.

f) Under Comments, enter the reason why the document needs to be invalidated (For example, “Necessary edits to document required another dictation.”)

g) Click OK.

14) A CorrectNote Admin task is automatically created and the status of the document changes to “Request Correction.”

15) To dictate corrections to a document or re-dictate an entire document, follow these steps:

a) From the Document Completion Tasks screen, verify that the appropriate patient is still in context within the Patient Banner.

b) Using the (floating) Clinical Toolbar, begin recording the new dictation. It is very important that the provider indicate in the dictation a message to the transcriptionist that the recording is a correction to a previous transcribed document. This will allow the transcriptionist to locate the previously transcribed document to insert the corrections being dictated in the current recording.

c) The provider should validate the patient name and the encounter information as part of the recording. For example: “This is a dictated correction for patient Jason Test, DOB 9/2/82 of a previous dictation submitted for date of service on July 7, 2006.”

d) The provider completes the recording with all corrections.

e) Click Done.

16) Medical Records monitors the document’s revision process.

Page 164: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 164 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

17) The transcriptionist completes the necessary edits and re-files the document. Once the edits are complete, the document files back into Allscripts Enterprise EHR for the provider to review (repeat from step #6).

18) If edits are needed that do not require an additional dictation, the provider can request a correction and comment on the changes that are needed. Follow these steps to request a correction:

a) From the Document Completion Tasks screen, verify that the appropriate patient and document are still in context within the Patient Banner.

b) Click Req Corr…. The Request Correction page displays.

c) Select the appropriate Priority: Routine, ASAP, or Urgent.

d) The Recipient should default to Medical Records Team.

e) Check the appropriate field that requires correction (For example, Correct Author or Correct Patient.)

f) Enter the necessary information in the Comments field to allow the corrections to be completed (For example, “Please change Author to Dr. Smith, Please correct Patient - should be Sue Berry MRN 1234567.”)

g) Click OK.

19) A CorrectNote Admin task is automatically created. The status of the document changes to “Request Correction” and remains within the provider’s Document Completion Tasks workspace until the necessary corrections are complete.

The CorrectNoteAdmin task is automatically assigned to the Med Rec Team. An Enterprise Task View must be set up and assigned to the desired medical records user(s).

20) Medical Records or the transcription supervisor role monitors all the request corrections using an enterprise task view. Follow these steps to respond to this type of task (CorrectNote Admin):

a) Medical Records or the Transcription Supervisor should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon and login.

b) From the Chart menu, click Task List.

c) Select the appropriate task view from the View drop-down list (for example, Request Correction view.)

d) Double click on the appropriate CorrectNote Admin task. The Manage Document workspace displays.

e) Complete the necessary changes as requested.

f) Click OK. The task is automatically removed from the task list when completed. The status of the document will change back to “Unsigned’ once the changes are complete.

All users that will be reconciling documents must have “Document Management” security privileges.

Page 165: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 165 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(M2) Transcription with Dual Signature This Document workflow defines the Certified Workflow steps to complete the review and sign-off on documents where a dual signature is required from an initial provider to an attending (or supervising) provider to finalize the document. Additional details are also included about utilizing carbon copy. This scenario may apply to organizations with Nurse Practitioners (NP), Physician Assistants (PA) or Residents on staff.

Figure 49 (M2) Transcription with Dual Signature

To complete the review and sign-off of documents and understand the steps to utilize carbon copy, do the following:

1) The completed document is received in Allscripts Enterprise EHR. This can be received from an inbound document interface from a transcription vendor or filed back in from Allscripts Enterprise EHR Transcribe.

2) Is the document part of electronic workflow? When a document is received in Allscripts Enterprise EHR, the system first confirms that the document is participating in electronic workflow to process the document. If the document was not set up for electronic workflow, proceed to step 4.

3) If the document is part of electronic workflow, the system next verifies whether the owner (that is, the author of the document) is participating in electronic workflow. This setup is necessary to enable providers to review, edit (if necessary), and sign-off on documents.

Page 166: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 166 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

4) If either the document or the user does not participate in electronic workflow, then the document’s status is changed to “Final-Receipt” and no document-related tasks are generated.

5) If both the document and provider participate in electronic workflow, a “Sign Note” task is created. This system-generated task is placed on the provider’s task list for further action.

6) The provider reviews the document. To review a document using a Sign Note task, follow these steps:

a) The provider should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon and login.

b) From the Chart menu, click Documents (Batch Sign). The Document Completion Tasks screen displays. This page enables the provider to quickly and efficiently review and sign-off on documents from one workspace.

c) Select the appropriate patient name from the left column.

d) Review the corresponding document on the right side of the page.

If there are multiple documents concerning a patient to be reviewed, the actual number displays at the top of the document viewer pane. Click on the drop-down arrow (on the far right) to display the additional documents to be reviewed.

7) Are carbon copies required to be sent for this document? If carbon copies are not needed, proceed to step 9.

8) If carbon copies are required, follow these steps to create a carbon copy list:

a) On the Document Completion Tasks screen, verify that the appropriate patient and document are in context within the Patient Banner.

b) Click CC…. The system displays the Recipients page. The Orig. Note tab defaults unless recipients already exist. If recipients have already been added, the Recipients tab displays.

c) On the Orig. Note tab, check all appropriate recipients and specify the method of distribution.

d) If a name does not appear next to a designation (for example, Referring Provider), a new recipient can be added. To add a new recipient, follow these steps:

i) Click Add. If a user selects Provider or Referring Provider, the system prompts the user to search for the appropriate recipient.

ii) Select the appropriate distribution method.

iii) Click OK when finished.

AutoPrint default values must be set up correctly for the Method Destination to be enabled for a given document.

9) The document is now ready to be signed by the initial provider or author. To sign a document, follow these steps:

a) On the Document Completion Tasks screen, verify that the appropriate patient and document are in context.

b) Review and verify that the document is ready for signature.

Page 167: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 167 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

c) Click Sign.

d) The Task Detail window displays. The task name defaults to CoSign Note.

e) Select the appropriate Assign To user. This should represent the attending or supervising provider.

f) Add comments or any additional task window optional settings (for example, priority, overdue, and so on.)

g) Click OK.

If it is the first document in the list being signed, the Note Signature screen will display for the user to type in their password. For all subsequent notes being signed, this screen will not appear as long as the user remains within the workspace

10) A task is sent to the attending (or supervising) provider for review and signature.

It is important to set the primary provider to a lower finalization authority level than the document when utilizing the “Prompt User to Route for Further Signature” workflow. Therefore, any time a user without sufficient authority to finalize a document signs that document, they are automatically prompted to route the document to the provider with sufficient authority to sign and finalize it.

11) The attending provider reviews the document. To review a document using a CoSign Note task, follow these steps:

a) The provider should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon and login.

b) From the Chart menu, click Documents (Batch Sign). The Document Completion Tasks screen displays. This page enables the provider to quickly and efficiently review and sign-off on documents from one workspace.

c) Select the appropriate patient name from the left column.

d) Review the corresponding document on the right side of the page.

12) Does the attending provider want to add or create a Carbon Copy listing? If not, proceed to step 14.

13) If carbon copies are required, follow these steps to create a carbon copy list:

a) On the Document Completion Tasks screen, verify that the appropriate patient and document are in context.

b) Click CC…. The system displays the Recipients page. The Orig. Note tab defaults unless the recipients already exist. If the recipients have already been added by the initial provider, the Recipients tab displays.

c) Review the specified recipients and update the carbon copy list if needed. To edit or add CC recipients, do the following:

i) Click on the Orig. Note tab.

ii) Check the appropriate recipient(s) and specify the method of distribution.

iii) If any recipients listed should not receive a copy, uncheck the desired recipient.

Page 168: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 168 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

iv) If a name does not appear next to a designation, a new recipient can be added. To add a new recipient, follow these steps:

v) Click on the Recipient Type drop-down list, and select the appropriate designation.

vi) Click Add. If a user selects Provider or Referring Provider, the system prompts the user to search for the appropriate recipient.

vii) Select the appropriate distribution method.

d) Click OK when finished.

14) The document is now ready to be signed and finalized by the attending (or supervising) provider. To sign and finalize a document, follow these steps:

a) On the Document Completion Tasks screen, verify that the appropriate patient and document are still in context.

b) Validate that the Final check box is checked.

c) Click Sign.

d) The system automatically removes the document once it is signed and advanced to the next document for review and signature.

The ability to remove documents automatically once they have been signed or verified is a user preference that is available using the Personalize link.

Page 169: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 169 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(M3) Document Reconciliation This workflow defines the steps to complete reconciliation on an inbound transcription or unstructured documents where a provider requests a correction. The provider may request any of following actions to be taken with respect to the document:

▪ Correct Document Type – indicates that the document type is not correct. ▪ Correct Owner – indicates that the document owner is not correct. ▪ Correct Patient – indicates that the patient associated with the document is not correct. ▪ Correct Author – indicates that the user who is described as the document author is not

correct. ▪ Correct Text – indicates that the content of the document is not correct. ▪ Invalidate-Do Not Correct – invalidates the document as it does not belong in any

chart. This is commonly requested for duplicate records, incomplete dictations, and so on.

Figure 50 (M3) Document Reconciliation

To complete a Correct Note Admin task, do the following:

1) A CorrectNote Admin task is received and assigned to the Medical Records team. These tasks can be viewed within the “Document Management Tasks” enterprise task view that comes delivered with the system. Administrators need to assign this view to the appropriate medical records users.

2) Medical Records monitors all the requests via a task list and selects a task to work. To complete a CorrectNote Admin task, follow these steps:

Page 170: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 170 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

a) Medical Records should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon and login.

b) Go to the Task List horizontal toolbar.

c) Select the appropriate task view from the View drop-down list that contains the CorrectNote Admin tasks to work.

d) Click on the appropriate CorrectNote Admin task to view the comments that were entered by the provider.

e) Click Go To… . The Manage Document workspace displays.

f) Click OK. The task is automatically removed from the task list when completed. The status of the document will change back to “Unsigned’ once the changes are complete.

All users that will be reconciling documents must have “Document Management” security privileges.

3) Is the document associated to the wrong or incorrect author or owner?

4) Medical Records corrects the document with the appropriate author or owner. To correct a document’s author or owner, do the following:

a) Next to the respective field (in the upper-right), click on All. The search dialog box displays.

b) Search for appropriate author/owner (Last Name, First Name).

c) Double-click on the correct author/owner to select.

5) Is the document associated to the wrong or incorrect patient?

6) Medical Records corrects the document with the appropriate patient. To correct that patient associated to a document, do the following:

a) From the Patient field, click on the patient icon . The Select Patient dialog box displays.

b) Search for the appropriate patient using any of the patient search options.

c) Double-click on the correct patient to select.

7) Is the document associated to the wrong or incorrect Allscripts Enterprise EHR Document Type?

8) Medical Records corrects the document with the appropriate document type. To correct the document type associated to the document, do the following:

a) From the Type field, click on drop-down arrow.

b) Select the appropriate document type from the list.

9) Is the document associated to the wrong or incorrect Encounter?

10) Medical Records corrects the document with the appropriate encounter. To correct the encounter associated to the document, do the following:

a) From the For (encounter) field, click on the patient icon . The Encounter Selector dialog box displays.

b) Select the appropriate encounter.

Page 171: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 171 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

11) Does the document contain errors the text of the document that needs to be corrected? If no additional corrections are needed, Medical Records clicks OK. The task is automatically removed from the task list when completed and the status of the document changes back to “Unsigned.”

12) If additional edits are needed, Medical Records completes any necessary edits to the document. This may include editing the text of the document or invalidating a document where the provider specified not to correct.

a) To edit the text of a document, do the following:

i) Click Edit. The Note Workspace displays.

ii) Make necessary edits to the document, as appropriate.

iii) Click Close next to Note from the Patient Banner when complete.

iv) The task is automatically removed from the task list when completed and the status of the document changes back to “Unsigned.”

b) To invalidate a document, do the following:

i) Click Invalidate. The user will be prompted with a warning message.

Invalidate warning message.

ii) Click OK to continue.

c) The task is automatically removed from the task list when completed and the status of the document changes back to “Unsigned.”

When any of this information is changed, the changes are reflected in the Batch Signing (Document Completion Tasks) workspace. However, if the Owner of the document is updated, the task stays with the originally assigned user. The user must forward the task from the Task List workspace.

Page 172: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 172 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(N) Transcribe Introduction As it pertains to the electronic health record, transcription is the conversion of a dictation (voice recording) into an electronic typewritten document that is sent to Allscripts Enterprise EHR. The act of transcribing may be performed with the use of Allscripts Enterprise EHR Transcribe, as described in this section, or handled by a third-party transcription vendor that arrives in Allscripts Enterprise EHR via an inbound interface.

Allscripts Enterprise EHR Transcribe allows organizations to perform “in-house” transcription of unstructured documents, increasing the accuracy and efficiency of transcribing in a cost effective manner. There is no interface required with Allscripts Enterprise EHR Transcribe. The two programs that are utilized by the transcriptionists to manage and transcribe the received voice files are as follows:

▪ Internet Typist—This application is used by the transcriptionist to access jobs waiting to be transcribed.

▪ Text Input Utility (TIU)—This application is used for the actual transcription. Based in Microsoft Word, the TIU uses document templates and macros to automate much of the work done by a transcriptionist.

The workflow included in this section outlines the basic steps for utilizing these programs.

Figure 51 (N) Transcribe

End

Yes

No

Utilizing Transcribe?N N1

Page 173: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 173 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(N1) Transcribe Basics This workflow defines the basic steps for transcribing a dictation received within Allscripts Enterprise EHR Transcribe. The Transcribe module involves the use of the Internet Typist and Text Input Utility (TIU) applications for transcription. These applications are included with the Transcribe module.

Dictation jobs are sent to the job queue in Internet Typist where they are selected by a transcriptionist and typed in the TIU application. Examples of this workflow include the following:

▪ A provider has dictated by searching the database for the patient, from the Schedule or from a Patient List. A document “work type” is also selected such as a letter, report, progress note, and so on.

▪ A provider has dictated against a dictation marker in one or more note sections. ▪ Data flow between the Transcribe utilities and the Allscripts Enterprise EHR application

are integrated at the application level and no Interface is used.

Figure 52 (N1) Transcribe Basics

To transcribe a dictation using Transcribe, follow these steps:

1) The Transcriptionist logs into the Internet Typist application

Page 174: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 174 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Login screen

2) The Transcriptionist locates the appropriate job in the Server Jobs queue to begin transcription. The Transcriptionist optionally, but only if they have been assigned the right to select jobs to transcribe, can select multiple jobs in the “My Server Jobs” window by selecting one and holding down the Ctrl key and selecting others to move them to their “My Local Jobs” window by dragging and dropping them into the top window. The Transcriptionist can also use the Windows convention of selecting one, holding down the Shift key, and using the arrow or mouse to select adjacent jobs in series and move those jobs.

3) To launch the appropriate job, double-click on the desired job in the queue, press F2, or use the foot pedal if a button was assigned to this feature. Starting a job will bring up the media toolbar.

Media toolbar

Page 175: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 175 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

The TIU application login screen will also appear if the user is not already logged into the TIU.

Text Input Utility (TIU) login screen

The first time a user selects a job they will be prompted to login to TIU. For subsequent jobs where the Transcriptionist is already logged into TIU, they will not be prompted to login again

4) Will a normal or predefined template be utilized?

5) If yes, then click the Normal button located on the TIU toolbar at the top of the workspace, otherwise place the cursor at the beginning of the page and proceed to launch the job

Browse the Windows folder for the appropriate Normal file and then click OK to insert the Normal template into the document

6) Play the voice file associated to the job by clicking on the Play button located on the media toolbar.

On the media toolbar pictured above, the black arrow is the Play button, the green check icon is “Job Complete,” the floppy disk icon is “Job Incomplete,” and the green check icon with the black Play button is “Job Complete & Start Next Job.”

Page 176: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 176 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

7) Transcribe against the voice file being played and replay and navigate the voice file as needed.

8) Is the job complete?

9) When the dictation file has been fully completed and the job is done, click the Complete button.

10) The document is saved and filed it into Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

11) If needed, a job can be placed on hold to complete at a later time by clicking the Job Incomplete icon on the media toolbar.

a) If the user wants to re-start a job that was on hold they simply double-click the job in the Internet Typist and the partially completed job is automatically opened with the voice file ready to be played.

If additional jobs need to be transcribed, instead of clicking the Complete button, go to the Job Complete & Start Next Job button located on the media toolbar.

Once the completed document files back to Allscripts Enterprise EHR, this will activate the appropriate Document tasking workflows automatically.

12) When all jobs have been completed the transcriptionist should log out of the TIU application and then log out of the Internet Typist application.

Page 177: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 177 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(P) Scanning Introduction Scanning is the process of creating a digital image from a paper document. An integrated scanning and document imaging solution is an essential component for creating a paperless electronic health record at your organization. Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan includes a utility (separate application) to perform the act of scanning paper documents, indexing, and filing them in Allscripts Enterprise EHR for users to view and interact with.

One of the first decisions an organization must make is to identify the scanning strategy that best fits their organization. There are two scanning approaches that are discussed within this section as follows:

▪ Scanning Active Charts: This workflow discusses the process of scanning a patient’s “Active Chart” and making the chart information electronically available for providers and staff within Allscripts Enterprise EHR. This could encompass scanning the entire chart or a defined portion of a chart.

▪ Scanning Correspondence: This workflow discusses the scanning of loose paper received and making it available within the electronic health record. Some organizations select to not scan active charts at all, but go directly to only scanning correspondence from a specific date forward.

Answering some of the following questions will assist your organization to determine which strategy is best suited to your requirements:

▪ How many paper charts are there to be scanned? ▪ How many pieces of paper are contained within the average chart? ▪ What is the condition of the average chart? Will it be easy to breakdown and scan or will

there be a lot of preparation tasks to do in removing staples, “dog-eared” pages that will be difficult to scan, or messy charts that will be hard to organize?

▪ How many years of data are contained in the average chart? ▪ How important to the providers and staff is it to have paper chart history contained within

the new Electronic Health Record? ▪ What is the cost to benefit ratio for scanning your chart history? ▪ How many resources are available to perform the needed preparation and scanning

tasks? ▪ What resources are available to perform the indexing of scanned documents? ▪ What space is available to install high-speed scanners and allow for proper paper chart

preparation?

Allscripts recommends that the details in both workflows be analyzed thoroughly (along with the details from this introduction) to determine which approach or strategy is best suited for your organization. Some organizations may determine it is cost or resource prohibitive to attempt to scan all paper chart history. As a result, most organizations decide to scan at least a portion of the paper chart or charts that have been active for a 3-5 year period. Other organizations may opt to only scan from a selected date and then forward.

Additional decisions and recommendations include:

▪ Determine where the scanning will be done. Will it be done centrally at one location, at each clinic, or will it be outsourced? Allscripts recommends that active chart history scanning and indexing be performed only by dedicated staff to reduce errors.

▪ Network bandwidth is a key consideration when scanning. After each batch is scanned it is held at the local workstation until the client is closed, at which point the entire set of scanned documents is sent to the Allscripts Enterprise EHR/ Scan Server(s) as fast as

Page 178: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 178 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

the network will take it. On a slow network connection, this can dramatically impact downstream users and may take an extended period of time.

Active Chart Scanning Strategies The Active Chart Scanning (also referred to as Historical Scanning) approach focuses on eliminating manual paper chart pulls, and making chart information faster and easier for providers and staff to access directly in the electronic health record.

The following are general recommendations and decision points each organization should take into consideration when designing their active chart history scanning strategy:

▪ Decide if the entire chart will be scanned or just a portion of the chart. This is typically an organizational decision that is driven by the preferences of the physicians and clinical staff. Other factors to keep in mind are time and cost.

Studies have shown that scanning the entire chart vs. filtering what to scan is a significantly cheaper approach due to the drastically increased resource time it takes to review a chart prior to scanning.

▪ The process of breaking down and making a chart ready to be scanned always takes longer than expected. Breakdown the chart by removing any prongs or staples, sorting all the paper in reverse chronological order (which typically it should have been). It may also be necessary to tape small pieces of paper to larger ones to pass them through a high-speed scanner.

▪ Frequently, portions of the chart are discarded because they are not really part of the chart—such as copies of patient education materials. Organizations should perform a thorough analysis to determine what documents or portion of the chart should be scanned into Allscripts Enterprise EHR and which items should be discarded.

▪ Determine if each individual document being scanned will be assigned a true encounter date (date of the document) or whether a single date in the past (prior to the use of Allscripts Enterprise EHR) will be used to scan all chart documents to. Many organizations have provided feedback that assigning individual document dates takes more resource time than the return it provides. An alternate method is to set a single date in the past to set the computer’s time to that is being used to scan from a date several years in the past which will in turn assign that date to all documents being scanned.

▪ If scanning the entire chart, create a Allscripts Enterprise EHR document type and Scan folder that matches the name on each tab on the patient chart.

▪ If the paper chart needs to be circulated during the Provider Rollout Go-Live period (where some providers will be live on Allscripts Enterprise EHR and some will not be), Allscripts recommends that as the paper chart is scanned, a divider be placed to the point where all paper has been scanned with a notice to not place any new paper behind the divider and then each individual new piece of paper placed in front of the divider that is individually stamped “scanned” until all providers are live and the entire paper chart can be archived.

Decide on the “timing” strategy to use when scanning active chart history:

▪ Prior to the scheduled appointment—This approach allows the provider to view all chart information from Allscripts Enterprise EHR electronically at the time of the patient visit. The challenge to this approach is keeping the scanning efforts ahead of the schedule and accommodating walk-in appointments. This approach is not recommended for organizations with limited resources, limited scanning equipment, or

Page 179: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 179 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

an extremely high volume of patient appointments. If your organization is going to use this approach, allow approximately 2-8 weeks in advance of the upcoming appointment to complete the scanning task. This is a general guideline; each organization must determine the correct amount of lead time required for their environment.

▪ After the scheduled appointment—With this approach, the provider completes the patient visit initially with the paper chart. Once the visit is complete, the paper chart is scanned and is then available electronically in Allscripts Enterprise EHR from that point forward. This approach allows for a somewhat “softer” transition from paper chart to electronic chart by easing the pressure on support staff to have the paper chart scanned in time for the appointment and it also eases the provider from a change management perspective into using an electronic chart. This “final” hands-on with the paper chart is also sometimes used for the provider to identify which documents he/she wants indexed.

▪ Scan the Chart Room from “A-Z”—With this approach, the provider completes the patient visit with or without a paper chart depending on whether the chart has already been scanned and whether the provider is already live on Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

Regardless of the strategy you select, each organization will go through an interim period where some paper charts have been scanned and some have not. Many organizations use their Medical Recording Tracking software or Practice Management System (PMS) to indicate whether a paper chart has been scanned. This method enables all staff, when preparing for a patient visit, to determine whether they need to pull a paper chart of whether no chart pull is required because it has already been scanned.

Scanning Correspondence Approach Organizations need to consider all instances where “loose” correspondence is received and has to be scanned into the electronic health record, which may include any of the following:

▪ An organization selects not to scan active chart histories, but rather determines a live date and has all new loose paper scanned and electronically filed into the chart. Then a date is determined after which the organization will no longer provide paper charts. Paper chart processing occurs in medical records as normal during the ramp-up phase of this approach.

▪ Scanning of active chart histories is complete and the organization only needs to scan ongoing correspondence into the electronic health record.

▪ Consideration of scanner placement, or determining localized scanning locations, should also be considered. Smaller scanners may be placed at the front desk to accommodate certain correspondence as part of the patient check-in process while mid-sized or larger scanners may be placed in Medical Records for larger batches, such as incoming mail or batches of paper results that require scanning.

Lessons Learned Statements from Allscripts Clients The following are some statements from Allscripts clients about lessons learned about active chart scanning:

“…Scanning speed is highly dependent on how complete the offices have prepped their charts. Currently, a three-person scan team can average between 100 to 150 charts scanned per day.” - CCP “...To pull an average size chart off the shelf and break it down and scan it in took us an average between 10-12 minutes.” - Central Utah

Page 180: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 180 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

“…We are currently scanning at about 1200–1500 loose pages per day with 6 FTE’s, but that is no where a full day’s job. At the height of our scanning days, we were scanning and filing about 22,000 pages per day. That was with about 16 FTE’s.” – Central Utah “…Our time and motion studies showed we could file about 80 documents on average in about 10 minutes.” - Central Utah

Figure 53 (P) Scanning

Page 181: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 181 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(P1) Scanning Active Charts The Scanning Active Charts (also referred to as Historical Scanning) approach focuses on eliminating manual paper chart pulls, and making chart information faster and easier for providers and staff to access directly in the electronic health record. Due to the large volume of charts involved in scanning an entire organization’s chart room, an interim “historical” scanning process is typically put in place to accommodate scheduled visits, same day visits, or any other need for pulling a chart while continuing to provide quality patient care. The ultimate goal is to scan the paper chart, archive it, and then all future “paper” for a patient’s chart would be scanned in Allscripts Enterprise EHR to maintain the new electronic record.

Refer to the Scan Introduction section for additional details and Certified Workflow details on scanning active charts.

Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan involves the use of the Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan Client for all scanning tasks. This client is included as part of Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan, and must be accessed separately.

Figure 54 (P1) Scanning Active Charts

P1

End

(2)Paper chart needed for

appointment?

(3)Medical Records sends paper chart

for use during patient visit

(4)Provider completes

encounter

(5)Clinical Staff routes

paper chart to Medical Records for

scanning

(1)Medical Records pulls patient chart

Yes

No

(11)Medical Records scans paper chart

(13)Chart Tracking software used?

(14)Medical Records updates software

that chart has been scanned

(15)Medical Records

marks paper chart as scanned

Yes

No

PB

(9)Patient history being entered?

Yes

No

(8)Medical Records preps chart for scanning, per

protocol

(10)Medical Records/

Clinical Staff enters patient

history in TW, as appropriate

(12)Medical Records indexes chart per

protocol

(16)Medical Records

archives or destroys chart per

protocol

(6)Centralized Scanning?

No

(7)Medical Records

routes paper chart to

predefined location

Yes

Page 182: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 182 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

To perform active chart scanning, do the following:

1) Medical Records pulls the paper chart per the protocol decision of the organization. Many organizations select different strategies for determining the order in which they pull paper charts for scanning.

2) Is the paper chart needed for an appointment? The paper chart might be needed for a scheduled appointment or walk-in encounter, where there was not adequate time to scan in advance of the appointment.

3) If yes, the Medical Records staff sends the paper chart for use during the patient visit. In this scenario, using the paper chart for the appointment encounter ensures proper patient care and the least amount of disruption to the provider and staff. This also alleviates time constraints for the Medical Records staff in attempting to scan paper charts prior to same-day appointments by scanning the chart after the appointment.

4) The provider uses the paper chart to complete the appointment encounter.

5) Clinical staff routes the paper chart back to Medical Records to then complete the scanning process.

6) Will the organization have a centralized scanning location? Some organizations purchase larger, higher speed scanners and route charts to a centralized location where dedicated staff perform the chart prep and scanning process.

7) If yes, Medical Records packages and sends the paper chart(s) to the predefined scanning location for processing per protocol.

8) Once received at the central scanning location, Medical Records preps the chart for scanning per protocol:

a) Remove all paper from any retaining mechanisms in the chart such as prongs or rings.

b) Sort the paper within the chart in reverse chronological order and pull out any documents that are not going to be scanned.

c) Remove all tape and staples; unfold any folded paper.

9) Will patient history data be entered in Allscripts Enterprise EHR? Some organizations prefer to begin populating the electronic health record with certain elements of discrete data, such as medication lists, allergies and problem history rather than simply scanning the associated paper chart records. Typically, the role tasked to perform this is a clinical role – either a Medical Records role with clinical experience or a clinical staff member.

10) Follow these steps to enter patient history in Allscripts Enterprise EHR:

a) The Medical Records resource should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon and login.

b) Click on Select Patient and Search from the Banner.

c) From the Select Patient screen, locate the desired patient.

d) From the Chart menu, go to the Clinical Desktop.

e) Click on the New Problem icon located on the Clinical Toolbar.

Page 183: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 183 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

f) From the Add Clinical Item (ACI) workspace begin by entering in the following areas (each may differ depending on each organization):

i) Past Medical History

ii) Past Surgical History

iii) Family History

iv) Social History

v) Allergies

vi) Med Hx

vii) Immun Hx

g) Once the first item has been selected, the Encounter Selector screen will display. Select the appropriate encounter type setup for data entry and click OK.

h) Once all data has been entered, click OK.

i) From the Clinical Desktop, click Commit to save all entries.

11) The Medical Records staff performing the scanning logs into the Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan application to select a patient and begin the scanning process:

a) To log into the Scan application, double-click on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan icon.

b) Enter a username and password and click OK.

c) The patient’s demographic information displays in the first pane to the left and the Chart Group displays in the middle pane.

d) The person performing the scan selects a patient.

e) To select a patient, access the Search menu and select Patient Charts.

f) In the patient search window, enter search criteria for a patient. You can search for patients based on Name, MRN, DOB, and Phone.

g) Select the Type drop-down list to make your selection (partial strings may be used in some of the searches).

h) Click Search and a list of patients that meet your search criteria displays.

i) Once you find the correct patient, select from the list and click Select to open the patient’s chart.

j) Once the patient is in context, the chart is ready to be scanned.

k) To scan a patient’s chart, select the Archives folder from the Chart Group.

l) Click on the Scan icon located at the bottom left-hand corner of the window.

m) The patient’s information defaults into the first three fields.

n) The Folder indicates the Chart Group folder into which the documents are scanned - Archives.

o) The Document Name and Date fields default to the system date and Folder.

p) Check the Duplex option if the scan job includes double-sided documents or the Flatbed option and the scanner will be prompted to continue scanning after each page.

q) Place the documents to scan in the scanner and click Scan.

Page 184: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 184 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

r) Images appear in the right-hand panel as they are scanned.

s) Once scanning is complete, the application returns to the patient chart. The Archives folder in the Chart Group now contains the scan job.

Documents filed into the Archive folder are not accessible in ChartViewer within Allscripts Enterprise EHR until the documents are filed to the appropriate destination folder.

12) The Medical Records Filer indexes the chart within Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

a) Search for the desired patient if not already in context.

b) Select the Archives folder from the Chart Group.

c) Click on the Filer icon located at the lower-left hand corner of the window.

d) With the first scanned image displaying, change the date to the document date or appropriate date of service.

e) Select the appropriate filer button to file the document to the final document folder.

Once the documents are filed into their final destination folders, they are viewable within Allscripts Enterprise EHR ChartViewer real-time.

13) Is an electronic chart tracking system being used to track the location of the paper chart?

14) If yes, indicate within the chart tracking software that the chart has been scanned. This enables all staff members to easily identify whether a paper chart has been scanned or not during this interim process. If it has been scanned, staff know to look in Allscripts Enterprise EHR for patient’s medical records. If the paper chart has not been scanned, then staff know that a paper chart is out there that must be located for the current need.

15) If an electronic chart is not being used, indicate on the cover of the chart that it has been scanned and should not be modified by the addition of loose paper after that process is complete.

16) Once the chart has been marked as scanned, it can be archived or destroyed per your organization’s protocol.

The legal retention requirements vary by state and specialty. Organizations must completely understand the state regulations for the keeping, storing, and destroying of paper chart information to ensure that they are adhering to those requirements.

Certified Workflow Tips The following are two Certified Workflow tips for performing active chart scanning:

Review and assess each site in order to determine their readiness for change. The recommended Best Practice is to identify a “showcase” site, which becomes the early adopters. From the Lessons Learned, additional prioritization criteria can be applied when determining the order of remaining locations.

Page 185: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 185 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Allscripts recommends that organizations begin by scanning all active charts based upon the site rollout schedule that is determined. Upon conclusion of the active chart scanning project, resources will be reallocated to continue to help other sites or begin converting the inactive charts.

Page 186: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 186 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(P2) Scanning Correspondence Organizations need to consider all instances where “loose” correspondence is received and has to be scanned into the electronic health record. The workflow steps covered in this document apply to the following two scenarios:

1) An organization selects not to scan active chart histories, but rather determines a live date and has all new loose paper scanned and electronically filed into the chart. Then a date is determined after which the organization will no longer provide paper charts. Paper chart processing occurs in medical records as normal during the ramp-up phase of this approach.

2) Scanning of active chart histories is complete and the organization only needs to scan ongoing correspondence into the electronic health record.

Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan involves the use of the Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan Client for all scanning tasks. This client is included as part of Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan, and must be accessed separately.

Figure 55 (P2) Scanning Correspondence

To scan correspondence, do the following:

1) It is very common for a clinic or site to receive loose paper throughout a given day. For instance, a patient may bring in records from another office, a laboratory vendor may courier or mail results, consultation reports may be faxed or mailed from other providers and the front desk staff may have a new patient complete paper forms when they arrive. This step encompasses all the different ways in which a site’s staff may receive loose paper.

2) Will the scanning be done at the local site? Typically, there are three common areas where scanning may be located to scan loose correspondence:

Page 187: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 187 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

i) At the front desk

ii) Localized by site in each Medical Records area

iii) Centralized by the organization at a specific site

3) Will the paper be scanned immediately in the area received or scanned later? Many organizations select to install smaller scanners in areas such as the front desk to handle immediate scanning requirements for patients checking in. Other loose correspondence would then be routed to Medical Records for scanning at a later time.

4) If not scanning paper immediately, then the staff routes all loose papers to their site’s medical records department.

5) Is the paper(s) for a single patient?

6) If yes, the staff or Medical Records has the option to scan to an individual patient chart (vs. batch scanning described in step 9). Many times the front desk has received medical records from a patient checking in that need to be scanned immediately or Medical Records may have received multiple papers for a single patient for scanning. Follow the steps outlined below to scan to an individual patient’s chart:

a) Staff or Medical Records logs into the Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan icon on their desktop.

b) Staff or Medical Records enters their username and password and clicks OK.

c) Staff or Medical Records then searches for the patient by selecting Patient Charts from under the Search menu.

i) In the patient search window, the person performing the scanning enters search criteria for the patient. You can search for patients based on Name, MRN, DOB, and Phone.

ii) Select the Type drop-down box to make your selection (Note: Partial strings may be used in some of the searches).

iii) Click Search and a list of patients that meet your search criteria display.

d) Once you find the correct patient, select from the list and click Select to open the patient’s chart.

e) Once the patient is in context, the loose paper is ready to be scanned.

f) Review the batch and determine if the batch contains multiple document types. If it does, the person performing the scan can select the Archives folder from the Chart Group to scan into.

g) Click on the Scan icon located at the bottom left-hand corner of the window.

i) The patient’s information defaults in the first three fields.

ii) The Folder indicates the Chart Group folder into which the documents are scanned - Archives.

iii) The Document Name and Date fields default to the system date and Folder.

iv) Select the Duplex option if the scan job includes double-sided documents or the Flatbed option and the scanner will be prompted to continue scanning after each page.

h) Place the documents to scan in the scanner and click Scan. The images appear in the right-hand panel as they are scanned.

i) Once scanning is complete, the application returns to the patient chart. The Archives folder in the Chart Group now contains the scan job.

Page 188: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 188 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Documents filed into the Archive folder are not accessible in ChartViewer within Allscripts Enterprise EHR until the documents are filed to the appropriate destination folder.

j) Select the Archives folder from the Chart Group.

k) If multiple documents display within the document list pane, select the appropriate document that requires indexing.

l) Click the Filer icon located at the lower-left hand corner of the window.

m) With the first scanned image displaying, change the date to the document date or appropriate date of service.

n) Click on the appropriate filer button to file the document to the final document folder.

Documents filed into destination folders that are mapped to TW document types are immediately accessible in ChartViewer.

7) If an organization does have a centralized scanning location, then the staff batches the papers together and has them couriered to that scanning location.

8) The centralized scanning location receives the batch and begins preparing the loose papers to be scanned.

9) Medical Records first sorts the batch by the different types of documents. For instance, they would sort all laboratory results together; all discharge summaries together; and so on.

10) Once the batch has been sorted by document type, Medical Records can now scan the batch. Follow these steps to scan a batch:

a) Medical Records logs into the Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan icon on their desktop.

b) Medical Records enters their username and password and clicks OK.

c) Medical Records clicks on the Batch icon on the top of the screen. The Batch Basket window displays.

d) Click on the Scan icon. The Allscripts Enterprise EHR Scan: Batch Scan Documents window displays.

e) Enter a name for the batch. The name of the batch should indicate the contents that are to be scanned, such as “Lab ABC Results – Date.”

f) Assign a Default Document Name. This name should reflect the destination folder that is mapped to a corresponding Allscripts Enterprise EHR document type.

g) Set the Default Document Date. This date defaults into the Date field when filing the documents.

h) Select the Duplex option if the scan job includes double-sided documents or the Flatbed option and the person scanning will be prompted to continue scanning after each page.

i) Place the documents to scan in the scanner and click Scan. The images appear in the right-hand panel as they are scanned.

j) After the batch has been scanned, the application returns to the Batch Basket window. The newly created batch is listed here.

Page 189: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 189 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

11) The next step is to sort the batch to the appropriate patient chart. Follow these steps to index or sort to a patient’s chart:

a) Highlight the batch to sort.

b) Select Sort to Chart on the top menu. The Sort Documents to Charts window displays with page 1 in context within the right pane.

c) Review the scanned image for the patient name and the date of service.

d) Search for a patient in the lower-left corner.

e) Highlight the appropriate patient.

The highlighted patient information does not populate the search criteria below. Highlighting the patient is sufficient.

f) Click the ellipsis (…) next to Current Folder to search on the final destination folder.

g) Select the appropriate final destination folder and click OK.

h) Change the Document Date to the appropriate encounter date or date of service.

i) Click File Document. The document is now viewable in Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

12) Does the document need to be routed for review within Allscripts Enterprise EHR?

13) If yes, Medical Records creates a task for the appropriate document owner to review within Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

14) Paper is then archived or destroyed per protocol.

Page 190: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 190 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(Q) Miscellaneous Introduction Allscripts Enterprise EHR encompasses integrated task management tools and reporting capabilities that are part of every installation. Some of the functionality that assists organizations with automating and monitoring their medical practices can be accomplished through tasking and reports.

Tasking plays an important role in supporting the communication of patient, clinical, and billing information in a physician’s office. Providers and their support staff can use tasking to quickly and easily respond to incoming requests and maximize efficiency.

Reports allow organizations to make better use of their clinical data as well as to understand and drive business performance. Several application reports are available to display workflow-specific and system data within Allscripts Enterprise EHR. These may include the Chart reports (such as Results, Immunizations, Problems, and so on) or Prescription output. In addition, Allscripts Enterprise EHR provides a number of administrative reports that can be used to monitor and maintain a Allscripts Enterprise EHR system.

The following workflows are discussed in this section:

▪ Call Processing—contains details about the Call Processing component that provides a mechanism for documenting incoming calls. This workspace is meant to facilitate the rapid entry of incoming requests and routing to the appropriate resources via tasking. Usage of Call Processing Text Templates is also discussed in this workflow.

▪ Tracking Overdue Orders—contains details about managing orders that have become overdue within the application and tracked through an outstanding orders report. Common reasons for an overdue order are the patient failed to present for an order, the result was never received for an order, or any reason where an order remains active and was never completed.

▪ Financial Authorization—contains details about managing orders that require financial authorization or approval from the patient’s insurance company.

Page 191: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 191 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Figure 56 (Q) Miscellaneous

Q1

End

Call Processing?

No

Tracking Overdue Orders?

No

YesQ

Q2Yes

Order requiring Financial

Authorization?

No

Q3Yes

Page 192: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 192 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(Q1) Call Processing This workflow documents the certified steps for processing incoming patient telephone calls. The Call Processing functionality in Allscripts Enterprise EHR is designed to allow staff to efficiently gather, route, communicate, and document patient phone calls. The primary method used to route calls is via tasking.

A few examples of potential patient calls are:

▪ Patient / Parent calls with a medical question. ▪ Patient / Parent calls with a prescription renewal request. ▪ Patient / Parent calls with a billing question. ▪ Patient / Parent calls with a medical/ sickness complaint. ▪ Patient / Parent calls with a test result question or request. ▪ Patient / Parent calls with a referral question or request. ▪ Pharmacy calls with a prescription renewal request. ▪ Nursing home calls with a patient report or question. ▪ Hospital calls with an inpatient report or question.

Figure 57 (Q1) Call Processing

1) The appropriate staff receives the incoming call. This may be a dedicated call center, front desk staff, or any role in your organization defined to answer calls.

2) The staff selects a patient in Allscripts Enterprise EHR. To select a patient and bring them into context, follow these steps:

Page 193: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 193 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

a) Staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) Click on the Call Process horizontal toolbar.

c) Click the Select Pt… button. The Select Patient dialog box displays.

d) Search for the appropriate patient using any of the patient search options.

e) Select the correct patient by double-clicking. The selected patient populates the Call Processing page and the patient banner.

When a user selects a patient, the system displays the patient’s most recent appointment and the next scheduled appointment on the Call Processing page.

3) Is the caller the patient?

4) If not and another person is calling on behalf of the patient, the staff documents the caller’s information and relationship. To enter the caller and relationship information, follow these steps:

a) Enter their name in the Caller field.

b) Select the appropriate relationship to the patient from the Relation drop-down list.

c) Enter up to two phone numbers for the caller. Specify the type of number, by selecting one of the options from the drop-down list (Day, Evening, Home, Mobile or Work).

5) If the caller is the patient, the staff validates the patient information. Follow these steps:

a) Check the Patient is Caller option. The patient’s information automatically populates the Caller, Relation, and Number fields.

b) Verify that the information that populated is accurate.

c) Add/edit phone numbers if necessary.

Any modifications or additions you make to phone numbers within the Call Processing page in Allscripts Enterprise EHR will not update the patient’s profile within the Practice Management System.

6) Are there near due or overdue order reminders for the patient?

7) Staff discusses alerts with patient as defined by organization’s protocol.

8) The staff documents the reason for the call. To document a call, do the following:

a) Select a Reason for Call from the drop-down list.

b) In the Comments section, enter the details of the call. Users may enter text either manually or with the use of Text Templates.

i) If using a text template, click the Text Templates… button.

ii) Select the appropriate text template from the list.

iii) Click on and/ or enter the necessary information.

iv) Click OK when finished.

Page 194: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 194 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Text templates allow organizations to create predefined or “canned” text that can be inserted into a text box, which saves the user from having to type in the same information over and over again.

9) Does the user want to copy the call information to a task? If no, proceed to step 16.

10) If yes, the staff copies the reason for call information to a task. Follow these steps:

a) Click Copy To Task. Verify that the necessary information copied over correctly.

b) Select a Task type, if necessary.

Organizations can associate a Task type to each Reason for Call entry. Then, when users click Copy to Task, the task will automatically default based on the Reason for Call entry that was selected previously.

11) Staff routes the task to the appropriate clinical user or team. Follow these steps to route a task to a user or team:

a) Select the desired option button (User or Team) to whom the task should be assigned.

b) Select the appropriate user or team from the drop-down list or by searching. To search for a user, click All, if necessary.

c) Alter the Activate and Overdue Date, if necessary.

d) Enter information for a Notify Task, if appropriate.

e) Click OK.

Users can specify a default destination (user or team) for tasks that are created from the Call Processing page using the Personalize link.

12) Clinical staff/provider monitors their task list and selects a task. To select a task, follow these steps:

a) User should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon and login.

b) From the Chart menu, click the Task List horizontal toolbar and select the appropriate View from the drop-down list that contains the necessary tasks to review.

c) Select the desired task by double-clicking it. The Task Detail dialog box displays.

d) All necessary call information can be found under Comment History.

13) After reviewing the call details, the clinical staff or provider determines if additional assistance is required. There may be instances where further guidance or information from another source regarding a patient problem is necessary. If additional input is required, the clinical staff/provider routes the information to the appropriate resource. If no assistance is needed, proceed to step 15.

14) If additional input is needed, the clinical staff/provider updates the task details with the necessary information and routes it to the appropriate person. Follow these steps to update a task and reassign it:

Page 195: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 195 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

a) The Task Detail dialog box should be open for the desired task. If not, select the desired task by double-clicking it.

b) Select the desired option button (User or Team) to whom the task should be assigned.

c) Select the appropriate user or team from the drop-down list or by searching. To search for a user, click All.

d) In the Comments section, enter in the necessary details. Users may enter text either manually or with the use of text templates.

e) Alter the Activate and Overdue Date, if necessary.

f) Enter information for a Notify Task, if appropriate.

g) Click OK.

Steps 13-14 allow back and forth endless interaction between staff and providers.

15) The clinical staff/provider updates task details as appropriate. Follow these steps to update a task:

a) The Task Detail dialog box should be open for the desired task. If not, select the desired task by double-clicking.

b) In the Comments section, enter in the necessary details. Users may enter text either manually or with the use of text templates.

c) Click OK.

16) Should the call information be copied to a note? Not every message will require a user to copy it to a note. Organizations should define the circumstances, especially for non-care related calls, when call information should be copied into a note. If a note is not needed, proceed to step 19.

Only task history that should become an “official” part of the patient’s record/chart should be copied to a note. Organization should develop policies or procedures to guide staff on when it is appropriate to copy tasks to notes.

17) If yes, the clinical staff or provider copies the call information to a note. Copy to Note is typically used when clinicians want to capture the detailed information, ongoing dialog, or further direction received regarding a patient’s problem or condition. This functionality can be utilized from the Task List or Call Processing page. To copy to a note, follow these steps:

a) From the Task List:

i) Highlight the appropriate task by single-clicking it.

ii) Click Copy To Note. The Note Selector dialog box displays.

iii) Update the Encounter information (if necessary) by clicking the binoculars icon to launch the Encounter Selector.

iv) Select the appropriate Note type and Owner.

v) Click OK.

b) From Call Processing:

Page 196: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 196 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

i) Complete documenting the reason for the call.

ii) Click Copy To Note. The Note Selector dialog box displays.

iii) Update the Encounter information (if necessary) by clicking the binoculars icon to launch the Encounter Selector.

iv) Select the appropriate Note type and Owner.

v) Click OK.

18) The clinical staff or provider completes the note. To complete a note, follow these steps:

a) With the note in context, the clinical staff or provider reviews the information that was copied into the note and documents any additional details as appropriate.

b) Once complete, click Sign. The Note Signature dialog box displays.

c) Enter the appropriate password.

d) If the note should be made “final,” verify the checkmark is in the Make Final box. Otherwise, if it should not be made finalized at this time, uncheck the box.

e) Click OK.

Organizations should consider giving staff that have the ability to copy to note the appropriate signature authority level to make those documents final.

19) Clinical staff or provider completes the necessary call details. This step refers to two different scenarios:

a) The first, is when the staff member handling the incoming call cannot complete it after it has been started, yet plans to finish it later.

i) To mark a call as Unfinished:

(1) Complete documenting the reason for the call.

(2) From the Call Process workspace, click Finish Later. The system adds the call information to the Unfinished Calls list (Unfinished Calls horizontal toolbar) for access later.

b) The second is when the initial call information was copied to a task, routed to the appropriate person, and no further action is needed or required.

i) To complete a task, do the following:

(1) Highlight the appropriate task by single-clicking it.

(2) Click Done.

Page 197: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 197 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(Q2) Tracking Overdue Orders This workflow describes the Certified Workflow steps for tracking overdue orders that originate in Allscripts Enterprise EHR. Organizations typically monitor the list of orders that become past due closely as it assists with identifying possible problems with missing results or patient compliance issues. Allscripts Enterprise EHR automatically creates an “Overdue Order” task for an active order where the overdue date has passed.

Figure 58 (Q2) Tracking Overdue Orders

To track overdue orders, follow these steps:

1) Overdue orders being reviewed by the clinical staff? Users can view a list of overdue orders within Allscripts Enterprise EHR or administrators can track orders through a report. If tracking orders will be handled administratively, proceed to step 4.

2) If yes, clinical staff monitors overdue orders via a Worklist. To monitor the overdue orders via a Worklist, do the following:

a) Clinical staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart menu, go to the Worklist horizontal toolbar.

c) From the View drop-down list, select the appropriate enterprise Worklist View that contains the “Overdue Orders” to be worked.

3) Clinical staff reviews an order and determines the appropriate action. To review the details of an overdue order, follow these steps:

a) From the Overdue Orders Worklist View, select the appropriate patient by clicking on the patient’s name from the pane on the left side. The orders appear in expanded view in the right pane.

Page 198: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 198 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

b) To see the necessary details for an order, do the following

i) Double-click on the order to open the Order Details Viewer.

c) To edit or update an order, do the following:

i) Right-click on the order and select Edit from the context menu. Users can also highlight the order by single-clicking and click Edit from the action toolbar.

d) To annotate an order, do the following:

i) Right-click on the order and select Annotate from the context menu. Users can also highlight the order by single-clicking and click Annotate from the action toolbar.

4) Administrator generates the Order Tracking report. To generate an order tracking report, follow these steps:

a) Select the Reports vertical toolbar. The Reports tab should be active.

b) Under the Reports Categories, expand Order by clicking on the plus sign.

c) Click Order Tracking.

d) Complete the necessary Filters and desired values as appropriate. The following filters are available in v11:

Ordered By Authorized By Patient Name Ordered Test Order Status Order Status Reason Order Age Clinical Priority Overdue Important Overdue To Be Done Date Expiration Date Requested Performing Location Organization Site

e) Define a Primary or Secondary Sorts (if necessary). Listed below are the sort options that are available:

Ordered By Authorized By Patient Name Ordered Test Clinical Priority Overdue Order Date To Be Done Date

f) Place a checkmark in the Descending check box to change the sort order from Ascending (default) to Descending, if appropriate.

g) Click Print to generate the report. The Print dialog box displays.

h) Review the printer information and adjust if necessary.

Page 199: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 199 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

i) Click OK.

5) Administrator routes the Order Tracking Report per the organization’s protocol.

6) The clinical staff completes any necessary order follow-up needed per organization’s protocol.

Page 200: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 200 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(Q3) Financial Authorization This workflow provides detailed steps for completing an order that requires financial authorization. Some orders may require financial authorization or approval from the patient’s insurance company prior to execution. This is typically done using an enterprise Worklist View that is set up for the appropriate staff, for working on the requests to insurance companies regarding orders placed for needed approval.

Figure 59 (Q3) Financial Authorization

(2)Staff completes

insurance verification

process

(4)Was order

authorization rejected?

Yes

(5)Clinical Staff

notifies patient of outcome if needed

No

(1)Order status changes to

Needs Info -Financial Auth

(3)Clinical Staff

updates Financial Auth status as

appropriate

(6)Alternate or edited order

being placed?

No

(8)Provider voids or

edits original order & determines new

order if needed

Yes

(7)Provider voids original order

End

(11)Clinical staff

monitors task list & completes

necessary follow-up

(10)Provider creates task & indicates

appropriate action

Q3

H5

(9)Patient follow-up

needed?Yes

No

H6 H7

H8 Q

1) If financial authorization is required for a given order, the order goes to a “Needs Information” status pending the approval.

▪ An enterprise worklist view should be set up for the appropriate staff to work and monitor these items. The enterprise worklist view should contain orders that are in a status of “needs information” with an order status reason of “financial authorization” as well as other organization-specific workflow considerations (such as site, requested performing location, and so on).

▪ A financial authorization (Financial Auth) task is generated if active.

Working orders via the worklist enables a user to update the order to reflect the appropriate status that would complete the worklist item as well as the associated task. Allscripts recommends keeping the ‘Financial Auth’ task active for tracking purposes.

2) Staff completes the insurance verification process as outlined by their organization.

Page 201: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 201 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Obtaining financial authorization should be done per the organization’s protocol, with the status being tracked in Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

3) The clinical staff updates the financial authorization status of the order to reflect the decision of the insurance company. To update an order’s financial authorization status via a worklist item, follow these steps:

a) Clinical staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart vertical toolbar, click on the Worklist horizontal toolbar. The “Cross-Patient” Worklist displays.

c) Select the appropriate worklist View from the drop-down list that contains the necessary financial authorization orders to review.

d) Highlight the patient’s name from the left pane. All items that exist for that patient will display to the right.

e) Right-click on the appropriate order and select Edit. The Order Details page displays.

f) Under the Additional Details section, update the financial status (for example, Approved, Denied, and so on) as appropriate.

g) Enter the Financial Authorization Number, if applicable.

h) Click OK.

i) Click Commit to save changes to the database.

Some organizations may allow the clinical staff to perform minor edits to orders needing financial authorization in order to make it compliant and resubmit, such as number of treatments.

4) Was the order authorization rejected by the patient’s insurance? Some reasons that orders are denied may be that the patient's insurance does not cover that procedure, the order is not supported by the diagnosis, or it was against the health plan’s medical policy.

5) If the order was authorized, the clinical staff communicates the outcome to the patient if needed.

6) In the instance where the order was denied, is an alternate or edited order being placed? When an order’s financial authorization is denied, the order status reason changes to “Denial Response” and a “Denied Financial Authorization” task is created, if active.

7) If no alternate order is placed, the provider voids the original order. To void an order, follow these steps:

a) The provider should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon and login.

b) Go to the Clinical Desktop horizontal toolbar.

c) Select the “Worklist View” from the drop-down list.

d) From the Patient Worklist component, select the appropriate Worklist View from the drop-down list that contains the necessary denied financial authorization orders to review.

Page 202: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 202 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

e) Right-click on the appropriate order and select Void. The Change Status dialog box displays.

f) Click OK. The Encounter Selector displays.

g) Select the appropriate encounter.

h) Click Commit to save changes to the database.

8) If an alternate order is placed, the provider voids the original order and determines a new one. Providers could also modify some details of the original order and resubmit for approval.

a) To void an order, follow these steps:

i) The provider should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon and login.

ii) Go to the Clinical Desktop horizontal toolbar.

iii) Select the “Worklist View” from the drop-down list.

iv) From the Patient Worklist component, select the appropriate Worklist View from the drop-down list that contains the necessary denied financial authorization orders to review.

v) Right-click on the appropriate order and select Void. The Change Status dialog box displays.

vi) Click OK. The Encounter Selector displays.

vii) Select the appropriate encounter.

viii) Click Commit to save changes to the database.

b) To edit the original order, follow these steps:

i) Go to the Clinical Desktop horizontal toolbar.

ii) Select the “Worklist View” from the drop-down list.

iii) From the Patient Worklist component, select the appropriate Worklist View from the drop-down list that contains the necessary denied financial authorization orders to review.

iv) Right-click on the appropriate order and select Edit. The Order Details page displays.

v) Update the order with the necessary details, as appropriate.

vi) Under the Additional Details section, change Fin. Auth. Status back to Needed for approval.

vii) Enter comments under the Order Annotations section, if necessary.

viii) Click OK. The Encounter Selector displays.

ix) Select the appropriate encounter.

x) Click Commit to save changes to the database.

9) Patient follow-up needed?

10) Provider creates task and indicates the appropriate action. To create a task, follow these steps:

a) Single-click on the desired order.

Page 203: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 203 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

b) Click on the New Task icon. The Task Detail dialog box displays.

c) Select the Task type of Go to Order from the drop-down list.

d) Select the desired option button (User or Team) to whom the task should be assigned.

e) Select the appropriate user or team from the drop-down list or by searching. To search for a user, click All.

f) In the Comments section, enter in the necessary details. Users may enter text either manually or with the use of text templates.

g) Alter the Activate and Overdue Date, if necessary.

h) Enter information for a Notify Task, if appropriate.

i) Click OK.

11) Clinical staff monitors the task list and completes any necessary follow-up. To review and complete a task, follow these steps:

a) User should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon and login.

b) From the Task List horizontal toolbar, select the appropriate View from the drop-down list that contains the necessary tasks to review.

c) Single-click on the desired Go to Order task. Review the provider comments under the Comments section (bottom left pane). To view additional information regarding the order, double-click the task to open the Order Details screen.

d) Complete follow-up instructions and click Done when complete.

Page 204: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 204 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(R) Results Introduction Results management is the review of laboratory and other diagnostic results, which is an important component of medicine and critical to providing quality patient care. Results can be presented in multiple formats. Such formats may include electronically via an inbound results interface, received as a hardcopy report or paper result from a reference laboratory via courier, fax or designated printer, or captured as part of the medical history for new or existing patients from external records.

Result is an integral part of the (H) Order and Plan (Patient Visit) Workflows and completes the order lifecycle.

The workflows contained in this section are organized as follows:

▪ Entry of Paper Results—provides detailed steps to handle the entry of paper results into the record that may be received from a diagnostic vendor where no result interface has been implemented or brought in by the patient from an external source.

▪ In-house Testing— provides detailed steps for managing the resulting of in-house tests or procedures. These results may be received as part of an organization’s protocol or as the result of a verbal order from the provider.

▪ Results Verification—provides detailed steps for managing and responding to electronic results that require verification. This workflow includes steps for the provider to review and act on the results, along with details to specify how results are to be communicated to patients, such as by calling or through the mail.

▪ Results Referral—provides instructions for receiving consultative results or reports from a referral order (for example, a consult letter from a specialist). This workflow includes steps for the referring provider receiving the consultative result back as a carbon copy (cc) from another provider who is also a user of Allscripts Enterprise EHR, as well as the steps if the provider is not a user of Allscripts Enterprise EHR and the consultative result comes back in as a paper report.

▪ Results Communication—describes the workflow steps for managing the requests from providers on how to communicate results to patients. This workflow completes the patient communication process started in the Results Verification workflow.

Page 205: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 205 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Figure 60 (R) Results

R Entering paper results?

Results require electronic

verification?

Results from a referral?

Yes

End

No

Yes

Yes

No

No

R3

R1

R4

Resulting an In-house test?

No

Communicating verified results to

patient?

No

R5Yes

R2Yes

K1

Page 206: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 206 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(R1) Entry of Paper Results This workflow provides detailed steps to handle the entry of paper results. These paper results may be received from a diagnostic vendor where no result interface has been implemented or brought in by the patient from an external source.

Figure 61 (R1) Entry of Paper Results

R1(2)

Is discreet data required?

(1)Paper results

received

(4)Clinical Staff enters

results against original order

(6)Result Verification

required?

(11)Ordering Provider

reviews paper results and initials

(12)Is action required?

(13)Provider generates

Results Note & initiates appropriate

actions

(14)Clinical Staff

completes required actions

End

Yes

No

Yes

(7)Results data

available within

TouchWorks

No

P2

R

R3

(10)Clinical Staff routes

paper results to ordering provider

(8)Results received

originate from a TW Order?

(9)Clinical Staff

updates the order status

No

Yes

No

(15)Clinical Staff routes

paper results for scanning

(3)Results received

originate from a TW Order?

Yes Yes

(5)Clinical Staff find the appropriate order & enter

results

No

H5

G5

H6

To enter paper results, follow these steps:

1) A hardcopy paper result is received from a diagnostic vendor or external source. Organizations may receive hardcopy results from diagnostic vendors, reference labs, or hospitals where no result interface was implemented.

2) Is discreet data required? Discreet results data allows additional functionality to be utilized, such as flowing or graphing/trending of results data over time.

3) If yes, did results received originate from a Allscripts Enterprise EHR Order?

4) If the results did originate from a Allscripts Enterprise EHR Order, the clinical staff enters the results against the original. To enter results against an order, follow these steps:

a) Clinical staff should already be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) Click Select Patient. The Select Patient dialog box displays.

c) Search for the appropriate patient using any of the patient search options.

Page 207: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 207 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

d) Select the correct patient by double-clicking. The selected patient is brought into context and populates the Patient Banner.

e) Go to the Clinical Desktop horizontal toolbar.

f) Click on the Orders Component tab. The “Current Orders” by status displays for the patient.

g) Right-click on the appropriate order and select Enter Result from the context menu. The Order Details page with the Result tab active displays.

h) Select the appropriate Collected/Examined date or click Now.

i) Validate the provider is accurate within the Ordered By field.

j) Select the appropriate Performing Location.

k) Select the appropriate Performed By Provider from the drop-down list or click on the binoculars icon to search.

l) Enter the Collected/Examined date and time by clicking on the calendar icon or by clicking the Now button.

m) Enter any Result Annotations (if necessary).

n) Enter in Values for Result Item(s) and set Flag(s) as appropriate.

5) If the order did not originate from a Allscripts Enterprise EHR order, the clinical staff searches for the order and enters the results. To enter results, follow these steps:

a) Clinical staff should already be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) Click Select Patient. The Select Patient dialog box displays.

c) Search for the appropriate patient using any of the patient search options.

d) Select the correct patient by double-clicking. The selected patient is brought into context and populates the Patient Banner.

e) From the Clinical Toolbar, click the Add New Order icon. The Add Clinical Item workspace displays.

f) From Rx/Orders, select the appropriate secondary tab for the item you want to order:

▪ Lab/Diag for laboratory/diagnostic orders ▪ Imaging for radiology orders

g) Find the order via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList or Master search.

h) Right-click on the order and select Enter Results from the context menu. The Encounter Selector dialog box displays.

i) Select the appropriate Encounter. The Order Details page with the Result tab active displays.

j) Select the appropriate ordering provider within the Ordered By field.

k) Select the appropriate Performing Location.

l) Select the appropriate Performed By Provider from the drop-down list or click on the binoculars icon to search.

m) Enter the Collected/Examined date and time by clicking on the calendar icon or by clicking the Now button.

Page 208: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 208 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

n) Enter any Result Annotations (if necessary).

o) Enter in Values for Result Item(s) and set Flag(s) as appropriate.

6) Is result verification required? If the ordering provider needs to verify the results, the user has the option to flag the order during results entry. To require results verification, follow these steps:

a) When entering results (as outlined above), make sure a checkmark exists next to the Verification Required check box under the Results Details section.

b) Click OK when finished on both the Order Details page and the ACI.

c) Click Commit to save changes to the database.

Administrators can default this field as checked (to require verification) by setting the “Results Verification Required” results preference.

d) Proceed to workflow (R3) Results Verification for the Certified Workflow steps.

7) If no tasking is needed, the discreet results data is available within Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

8) Did the results received originate from a Allscripts Enterprise EHR order? Even though the paper results received are not going to be entered in as discrete data, the order may have originated from Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

9) If yes, the clinical staff updates the order status to reflect that results were received. To update an order’s status, follow these steps:

a) Clinical staff should already be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) Click Select Patient. The Select Patient dialog box displays.

c) Search for the appropriate patient using any of the patient search options.

d) Select the correct patient by double-clicking. The selected patient is brought into context and populates the Patient Banner.

e) Go to the Clinical Desktop horizontal toolbar.

f) Click on the Orders Component tab. The “Current Orders” by status displays for the patient.

g) Right-click on the appropriate order and select the desired action from the context menu (such as Annotate, Complete, and so on).

h) Update the order as appropriate and click OK when finished.

i) Click Commit to save changes to the database.

10) Clinical staff routes the paper results to the ordering provider for review.

11) The ordering provider reviews the paper results and initials to signify verification.

12) Is any action or follow up required?

13) If yes, the provider creates a Results Note and initiates appropriate actions for the patient. Proceed to workflow (G5) Note – Results Review for the Certified Workflow steps.

14) Clinical staff completes any required actions as appropriate.

Page 209: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 209 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

15) The provider or clinical staff routes the paper results to Medical Records to be scanned. Proceed to workflow (P2) Scanning Correspondence for the Certified Workflow steps for scanning loose paper.

Page 210: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 210 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(R2) In-House Testing This workflow provides detailed steps for managing in-house tests or procedures. These orders may be received as part of an organization’s protocol or as a verbal order from the provider to complete.

Figure 62 (R2) In-House Testing

R2(1)

In-house order received

(4)Ancillary/Clinical Staff monitors Worklist & selects appropriate

Order

(6)Result Verification

required?

End

Yes

(7)Results data

available within TouchWorks

No

R3

(3)Clinical Staff selects

order & enters results

H5 H6

(2)Verbal Order or part of protocol?

Yes

No

(5)Ancillary/Cinical Staff

performs order & enter results

R

To manage tests performed in-house, follow these steps:

1) In-house order is received.

2) Was the order received as part of a protocol or a verbal order from the provider to complete?

3) If yes, the clinical staff selects the appropriate order and enters results. To enter results for an order, follow these steps:

a) Clinical staff should already be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR with the appropriate patient in context having been selected from the schedule.

b) From the Clinical Toolbar, click the Add New Order icon. The Add Clinical Item (ACI) workspace displays.

c) From Rx/Orders, select the appropriate secondary tab for the item you want to order:

▪ Lab/Diag for laboratory/diagnostic orders ▪ Imaging for radiology orders

d) Find the order via Specialty or Personal Favorites, QuickList or Master search.

e) Right-click on the order and select Enter Results from the context menu. The Order Details page with the Result tab active displays.

f) Select the appropriate ordering provider within the Ordered By field.

g) Select the appropriate Performing Location.

Page 211: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 211 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

h) Select the appropriate Performed By Provider from the drop-down list or click on the binoculars icon to search.

i) Enter the Collected/Examined date and time by clicking on the calendar icon or by clicking the Now button.

j) Enter any Result Annotations (if necessary).

k) Enter in Values for Result Item(s) and set Flag(s) as appropriate.

4) Ancillary or clinical staff monitors the worklist for orders entered by the provider and selects the appropriate order for the patient. To select an order from the worklist, follow these steps:

a) Ancillary or clinical staff should be logged into Allscripts Enterprise EHR. If not logged in, launch the application by double-clicking on the Allscripts Enterprise EHR desktop icon.

b) From the Chart vertical toolbar, click on the Worklist horizontal toolbar. The “Cross-Patient” Worklist displays.

c) Select the appropriate worklist View from the drop-down list that contains the necessary in-house orders to perform and result.

d) Highlight the patient’s name from the left pane. All items that exist for that patient will display to the right.

5) Ancillary or clinical staff performs the required order as appropriate and enters results.

a) From the Worklist workspace, right-click on the appropriate order and select Enter Results. The Order Details page displays.

b) Select the appropriate ordering provider within the Ordered By field.

c) Select the appropriate Performing Location.

d) Select the appropriate Performed By Provider from the drop-down list or click on the binoculars icon to search.

e) Enter the Collected/Examined date and time by clicking on the calendar icon or by clicking the Now button.

f) Enter any Result Annotations (if necessary).

g) Enter in Values for Result Item(s) and set Flag(s) as appropriate.

6) Is result verification required? If the ordering provider needs to verify the results, the user has the option to flag the order during results entry. To require results verification, follow these steps:

a) When entering results (as outlined above), make sure a checkmark exists next to the Verification Required check box under the Results Details section.

b) Click OK when finished on both the Order Details page and the ACI.

c) Click Commit to save changes to the database.

Administrators can default this field as checked (to require verification) by setting the “Results Verification Required” results preference.

d) Proceed to workflow (R3) Results Verification for the Certified Workflow steps.

Page 212: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 212 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

7) If verification is not required, the results data becomes available within Allscripts Enterprise EHR once the information is committed to the database.

Page 213: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 213 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(R3) Results Verification Note: This workflow is specific to Allscripts Enterprise EHR 11.1.7.

This workflow provides the detailed steps to manage the verification of results. Users will need to have the necessary security privileges assigned to be allowed to verify results (Results-Verify). All results requiring verification are managed from a Worklist. Additionally a task will exist for each patient that have results assigned to a provider that needs verification.

It is important to understand the how each configuration element is set up in order to fully optimize the desired workflow. For instance, with a few minor differences in the required configurations, providers that need their result verification activities supervised can rely on the result note to provide their supervising provider the mechanism for reviewing and co-signing their work.

1) Configuration Suggestions for Providers:

a) Results Verification (RV) preferences have be setup as follows (which the user is able to update/override the defaults):

▪ RV Append Staff Message to Task Comment Default For Verify… = Y ▪ RV Disable To/CC = N ▪ RV If Did not Order = Warn ▪ RV Navigation After QVerify = Go To Next Patient ▪ RV Note Type For QVerify = Results Document FoS (Finalize on Save) – Option will be

ignored if RV Note Use For QVerify = No Note ▪ RV Note Type For Verify… = Results Document FoS ▪ RV Note Use For QVerify = No Note ▪ RV Note Use For Verify… = Create New Note ▪ RV Pt Communication Methods For QVerify = No patient communication needed at this

time ▪ RV Pt Communication Methods For Verify… = Mail Results to Patient ▪ RV Task Assignment = Ordering Provider ▪ RV Shows Verified Results in results document for QVerify = Y ▪ RV Shows Verified Results in results document for Verify… = Y

b) General preferences have been setup as follows:

▪ Encounter Selection from Worklist = Create New Encounter ▪ Encounter Type For Worklist = Chart Update ▪ Workspace view for tasks that navigate to worklist = Worklist Desktop View

2) Configuration Suggestions for Results Documents:

a) Create two different Results document types. The reason for two document types is to assist with the different workflow expectations when utilizing one note versus another. One document would be setup so that it would finalize on save when verifying where users will not be required to sign any output. The other would be setup to require signature and could be used to prompt for further sign-off for those providers requiring supervision, if needed.

i) Results Document FoS – Signature Not Required:

▪ Document Type ownership & finalization authorities need to be equal to the authority level of the lowest user role that is expected to verify results or update the note (e.g.

Page 214: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 214 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Nurse = Level 5). For instance, if nurses are going to update the note then they should have sufficient authority.

▪ Manifestation = NOTEFORM

▪ Workflow = Non Electronic

▪ Document type should be “Finalize Note on Save”

▪ Input & Output templates ownership & finalization authorities should mirror the document type

ii) Results Note – Requires Signature

▪ Document Type ownership authority needs to equal to the authority level of the lowest user role that is expected to verify results (e.g. Resident = Level 6)

▪ Document Type finalization authority needs to be greater than the finalization authority of the resident & less than or equal to the finalization authority of the attending/supervising provider (e.g. Level 8)

▪ Manifestation = NOTEFORM

▪ Workflow = Electronic Signature

▪ Prompt to Route for Signature = Y (if wanting to route for further signature to finalize

▪ Input & Output templates ownership & finalization authorities should mirror the document type.

▪ Note Output for the Chart Note (mirror’s document type name) should be flagged (checked) to Create Task – Call Patient with Results when requested.

▪ Note Output for the patient (such as, Patient Results Summary) should be flagged (checked) to Create Task – Mail Results to Patient when requested.

3) Create a Results Patient Summary Output document type:

▪ Document Type ownership & finalization authorities need to be equal to the authority level of the lowest user role that is expected to verify results (e.g. Nurse = Level 5)

▪ Manifestation = NOTEFORM

▪ Workflow = Non Electronic

▪ Output template ownership & finalization authorities should mirror the document type

4) Configuration Suggestions for Worklists:

a) The goal of worklist is to present all the order and result activities that need to be completed by the provider for a given patient. Worklist should include at least the following:

▪ Order Status Reasons = Requires Signature & Requires Verification

▪ Authorizing (Supervised by) Provider = Current Provider

b) If the ordered by and the supervised by fields for the resulted order are different, set the Ordering Provider filter instead of the Authoring Provider to use Current Provider.

Page 215: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 215 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Figure 63: (R3) Results Verification

To verify results, follow these steps:

1) Results are received or manually resulted and require electronic verification.

2) The provider reviews the results requiring verification via the Patient Worklist component on the Clinical Desktop. A provider will typically begin verifying their results either from the task list if re-entering Enterprise EHR or directly from the Clinical Desktop if already within the application:

a) When starting from the task list, follow these steps:

i) Provider begins by logging into Enterprise EHR.

ii) From the Chart menu, click on the Task List horizontal toolbar.

iii) Select the appropriate task view from the View dropdown list that contains Verify Patient Results tasks (such as, Order-Result Mgmt).

iv) Double-click on the desired Verify Patient Results task. The patient is brought into context in the Banner and the system navigates to the user’s defined Clinical Desktop View (e.g. Worklist Desktop View).

The general ‘Workspace view for tasks that navigate to worklist’ preference controls what Clinical Desktop View is defaulted for the user. It is highly recommended that administrators and/or end-users select a view that is patient worklist-centric.

b) When starting from the Clinical Desktop horizontal toolbar, follow these steps:

i) Select a Clinical Desktop View that is patient worklist-centric (such as, Worklist Desktop View) from the view dropdown list. Or users can go to the Patient Worklist component, if available on their current Clinical Desktop View.

Page 216: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 216 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

c) Validate that the worklist view displays the necessary provider work to be done. If not the desired worklist view, select another view from the component dropdown list.

It is recommended that administrators define a worklist default view for users that contain all the work that needs to be done for a patient (such as Order-Result Management).

The default will always use the patient in context (even when the patient does not

have any worklist items). Providers can click on the Next Patient arrow to go to the next patient on the worklist. Or they can select a specific patient from the dropdown list.

3) Is the provider responsible for the results? There may be instances where a provider is working their worklist and encounters an order requiring verification that incorrectly lists them as the ordering provider. The provider can either bring the error to some else’s attention or fix it themselves.

4) If the provider is not the responsible, does he/she know who is?

5) If yes, the provider updates the results to the correct ordering provider. To update and reassign to the correct provider from the patient worklist, follow these steps:

a) Right-click on the desired order and select Update Provider from the context menu. Or click on the Update Provider button on the component toolbar, if present. The Update Provider dialog displays.

b) Select the appropriate ordering provider from the Ordered by drop-down list or click on the binoculars icon to do a search.

c) Enter an annotation, if necessary.

d) Click OK when finished.

6) If the correct provider is unknown, the provider reassigns the order to the Unknown, Ordering Provider (system user) to be reconciled by the appropriate team within the organization. To update and reassign from the patient worklist, do the following:

a) Right-click on the desired order and select Update Provider from the context menu. Or click on the Update Provider button on the component toolbar, if present. The Update Provider dialog displays.

b) Select the Unknown, Ordering Provider from the Ordered by dropdown list or click on the binoculars icon to do a search.

Administrators should create a dummy provider (such as Unknown, Ordering Provider) for providers to route orders that they have incorrectly received. This allows Medical Records or another team to monitor these items and complete the necessary action.

c) Click OK when finished.

7) The results and the Verify Patient Result task are reassigned to the updated ordering provider.

a) Click on the Next Patient arrow to go to the next patient on the worklist. Or select a specific patient from the dropdown list.

Page 217: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 217 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

8) If the provider is responsible for the results, are they valid for the patient in context? If yes, proceed to step 11.

9) If the results are not valid, the provider enters the results in error. To Enter in Error Results from the patient worklist component, do the following:

a) Right-click on the desired order and select Enter in Error Results from the context menu. Or click on the EIE Results button on the component toolbar, if present. The Encounter Selector dialog displays.

Users must have the appropriate security privileges assigned to be allowed to enter in error results, assuming that that security gate is locked. Administrators should assign the Results-Invalidate security code to the appropriate user roles’ security classifications to permit users to invalidate/enter in error results.

b) Select an encounter and click OK.

c) Click Commit to save changes.

10) The system creates a Result Invalid task assigned to the Med Rec Team. Proceed to (R6) Results Monitoring workflow for more information and steps on monitoring result-related tasks (such as, Results Invalid).

11) If the results are valid, does a clinical action need to be taken due to the results? The results received may prompt the provider to take clinical action and update the patient’s chart. For instance, the provider may want to re-order the test, adjust a current medication, or place new orders.

12) If yes, the provider makes the necessary updates to the patient’s record and commits the data before verifying their results. This will bring all the updates into the Results Document, if defined.

a) To re-order a test that was resulted, follow these steps:

i) Right-click on the orderable item and select Order from the context menu. The Encounter Selector displays.

ii) Select an encounter and click OK. The Order Details dialog displays with the same information that was previously used for that order.

iii) Update any order information, as appropriate.

iv) When finished, click OK to close the Order Details dialog.

v) Click Commit to save changes to the database.

Please refer to the (H) Order & Plan Certified Workflows for more information on creating orders.

13) Does the provider want to add Staff or patient instructions and/or adjust their Results Verification (RV) default preferences? The provider can specify patient communication actions, tasks, notes, messages, and annotations for the verified results that would differ from the preferences set for verification.

Page 218: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 218 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

The preferences for verification are already selected as the defaults when the form displays. These preferences can be set by an administrator or by the user through the Results tab of the Personalize form or by a system administrator through TW Admin-Preferences-Results.

14) If no, the provider clicks QVerify All on the component toolbar (if present) to verify all results with their predefined RV defaults. If not present, the provider right-clicks on an order and selects QVerify All from the context menu.

Users can QVerify results individually by selecting a result and selecting the QVerify option from the right-click context menu.

a) The user will be taken to the place specified according to the “Result Verification Navigation After QVerify” personalize setting.

The ‘Result Verification Navigation After QVerify’ personalize preference controls where the provider is brought next. They can be taken to the next patient in the work list; stay within the same patient’s record, or go to the note to add additional details to the results documentation.

15) If the provider wants to add some instructions and/or make adjustments, the provider selects Verify All… to launch the Results Verification Dialog. The user’s default Verify… preferences will display. To add instructions or modify Results Verification preferences from the Patient Worklist, do the following:

i) Right-click and select Verify All… from the context menu. Or select Verify All… from the Verify ▼component toolbar, if present.

Users can add instructions and modify preferences for individual results by using the Verify… option from the right-click context menu.

16) The provider completes the necessary actions, as appropriate. Some of these activities may include:

a) Adjust the patient communications method and enter task comments:

i) Place a checkmark in the box to select the desired patient communication method(s). The following patient communication options are available:

▪ Call Patient with Results – creates a task to call the patient and discuss the verified results. This option requires a Result Document.

▪ Schedule Results F/U – creates a task to schedule a follow-up visit with the patient to discuss the verified results. This option can be used with or without a results document.

▪ Mail Results to Patient – creates a task to mail the patient a printout of the verified results. This options requires a Results Document.

▪ No patient communication needed at this time – indicates that no patient communication for the verified results is required. This option does not create a task, but will uncheck (or deselect) all other patient communication options.

Page 219: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 219 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

▪ Discussed results with Patient – indicates that the verified results were discussed with the patient and no follow-up is needed. This option does not create a task nor will it disable other patient communication options.

Administrators can create additional communication options that will behave similar to “Discussed results with Patient” within the Result Communications dictionary. These entries will appear within the pane along with the other available options that do not create tasks.

ii) Once the checkbox is checked next to Call Pt with Results and/or Schedule Results FU, the user may include comments for the task assignee. To add comments, users can type directly in the text field or use a Text Template (TT) to select predefined text.

(1) To use a Text Template, do the following:

(a) Click the TT button. The Free Text dialog displays with the list of Result-Text Templates (if any).

(b) Select the appropriate text template from the list. Select the necessary information.

(c) Click OK when finished.

b) Enter a message or instructions to the staff by typing directly in the text field or use a Text Template. Text entered in the Message to Staff field will appear in the Message section of the Note.

i) If using a Text Template to enter comments, do the following:

(1) Click the TT button. The Free Text dialog displays with the list of Result-Text Templates (if any).

(2) Select the appropriate Text Template from the list. Select and/or enter the necessary information.

(3) Click OK when finished.

c) Enter a message or instructions for the patient by typing directly into the text field or use a Text Template. Text entered into the Message to Patient field displays in the Discussion/Summary section of the v11 Note.

i) If using a text template to enter comments, do the following:

(1) Click the TT button. The Free Text dialog displays with the list of Result-Text Templates (if any).

(2) Select the appropriate Text Template from the list. Select and/or enter the necessary information.

(3) Click OK when finished.

When using v11 Note, at least one output document should be configured to include the Message section.

d) Providers can also enter annotations to apply to all results being verified, by typing directly into the text field or use a Text Template, if appropriate.

i) If using a Text Template to enter comments, do the following:

Page 220: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 220 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(1) Click the TT button. The Free Text dialog displays with the list of Result-Text Templates (if any).

(2) Select the appropriate Text Template from the list. Select and/or enter the necessary information.

(3) Click OK when finished.

17) Does the provider want to update the specified default Results Document for Verify…? There may be instances where the provider wants to update the default Results Document to complete a particular workflow (see introduction for configuration options). For instance, a provider may need to send a referral letter, or a resident may need to route the note to their supervising provider for review.

18) If yes, the provider adjusts the Results Document setting. Use one of the following:

i) Incomplete – if using an existing incomplete note for the result document. This option is not recommended as the note type selected (if not results-specific) may not be setup to display the appropriate output when requested by a Result-Pt Communication task.

(1) Select the Incomplete radio button and select the appropriate note from the dropdown list

ii) New - to create and indicate a new note to use for results verification.

(1) Click the Note Options icon to change or specify a note type. The RV Note Option Dialog displays.

(2) Adjust the Style and/or Specialty, if needed.

(3) From the Visit Type dropdown list, select the desired note type (such as, Results Note).

(4) Update the Owner by selecting an appropriate provider from the dropdown list or click on the binoculars to do a search.

(5) Click OK to save the note options selected and close the dialog.

iii) To/CC – if wanting to send a copy of the note along with the verified results to other providers or referring providers.

(1) Click on To/CC to open the Carbon Copies dialog to identify the appropriate recipients. Add a recipient using any of following options:

▪ Role: Place a checkmark next to the appropriate provider or current patient selection in the box located in the Role column.

Manual: Click on the Manual tab and select either a provider or referring provider from the corresponding dictionary lookup.

Ad Hoc: Click Ad Hoc and manually enter in the recipient’s name and select the method of communication: Print or Fax. Finish by typing in optional information of address, city, state, Zip Code, and fax number.

(2) Click OK when finished to return to the RV Dialog.

19) Does the provider want to go to Note? The note being utilized above should determine whether or not the provider goes to the note authoring workspace.

a) If the provider selects a note that requires signature, they should go to note to complete any remaining activities.

Page 221: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 221 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

b) If the provider is utilizing a note set to finalize on save, they do not need to go to note.

If the provider performing results verification requires supervision then it is recommended they always use the Verify & Go To Note option so that they can sign the note and route it to their supervising provider for review and signature.

20) If the provider needs to go to the note, they click Verify & Go to Note when on the RV dialog. The provider may also be taken to the Note Authoring Workspace automatically if they are using their default behavior for RV Navigation After QVerify and it is set to “Go To Note”.

Please refer to the (G5) Note: Results Review workflow to learn more about documenting within a note.

a) The Note Authoring Workspace (NAW) displays.

b) Reviews the note and complete any remaining activities.

c) When finished, click Sign. The Note Signature dialog displays.

d) Enter required signature, and click OK.

i) If the document type is setup to prompt for further signature, a dialog box is presented immediately after the first user signs the document to identify a second user to sign the note. This is typically checked if residents or mid-level providers are signing these documents.

The dialog box will facilitate sending a task to the physician to review the note and sign. If the first signing user has the authority to finalize the note and does so, then this dialog box will not display.

e) The user will then navigate to one of the following options based upon their ‘Note Default Navigation After Signing’ setting.

▪ No Navigation: The Note closes, is taken out of context, and the user navigates to the form from which they started before bringing the Note into context.

▪ Schedule: The Note closes, is taken out of context, and the user navigates to the Schedule.

▪ Task view: The Note closes, is taken out of context, and the user navigates to the Task view.

▪ MD Charges: The Note closes, is taken out of context, and the user navigates to Charges.

f) Return to the Patient Worklist, and click the Next Patient to go to the next patient on the worklist.

21) If the provider does not go to the note, they click Verify & Next Patient on the RV dialog. This closes the dialog and goes to the next patient on the worklist. The provider may also advance to the next patient on the worklist if they are using their default behavior for RV Navigation After QVerify and it is set to “Go To Next Patient”.

22) Do the results need to be communicated to the patient or a follow up appointment scheduled? If yes, proceed to workflow (R5) Results Communication to learn about how the Clinical Staff manages the patient communication of results.

Page 222: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 222 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(R4) Results Referral Note: This workflow is specific to Allscripts Enterprise EHR 11.1.7.

This workflow provides the detailed steps to manage receipt of a consult report generated from a referral visit. This may be a paper report received from a consulting provider outside of your organization or the report may be received from a consulting provider inside of your organization who is a user of Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

Figure 64 (R4) Results Referral

To manage receipt of a consult report from a referral visit, do the following:

1) Is the consulting provider a user of Allscripts Enterprise EHR?

2) If yes, the consult report may be returned to the referring provider utilizing the CC (carbon copy) functionality within a document or note to send a task within Allscripts Enterprise EHR. The consulting provider completes the patient visit and consultation report/ documentation. Follow the (G) Document workflows for the Certified Workflow steps to create documentation.

Documentation may be created from Note using Visit Types and Input Templates as appropriate or a dictated report can be done from the Schedule screen.

3) The consulting provider then uses the CC (carbon copy) functionality during documentation to send a task to the ordering provider. Follow these steps to select a task for the document or note in carbon copy:

a) The consulting provider logs in.

Verify the correct patient is in context either from having created a note or reviewing a document (received back from dictation).

b) Select the CC action.

▪ If the document was dictated or created as an unstructured document, the CC action is located within the Document workspace.

Page 223: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 223 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

CC Action within the Document workspace

▪ If the document was created in Note as a structured document, the CC action is located

within the Note Output workspace.

CC Action within the Note Output workspace

c) From the Orig. Note tab, select the appropriate referring provider.

d) Validate the option button is under the clipboard icon. This is the selection that will generate a task.

e) Click OK.

4) For a dictated (unstructured) document a Review Document delegated task is generated. For a Note (structured) a Notify Provider of Note delegated task is generated.

5) To allow the completion of the original referral order, this delegated task is reviewed by the clinical staff prior to releasing the task and consult document to the referring provider. Follow the steps below to review the appropriate task and change the referral order status:

a) Clinical staff logs in.

b) Go to the Chart menu and Task List workspace.

c) Select the appropriate Task View for Results-Referral Orders.

d) Select the desired task (single-click) only to highlight. It is not necessary to double-click the task. The single-click will put the correct patient in context in the Banner. These are notification tasks only to prompt the clinical staff resource to complete the associated referral order.

e) Select the qChart icon from the floating Clinical Toolbar.

f) Go to the Orders (or Meds/Orders) component.

g) Locate the desired referral order, right-click and select Complete from the context menu.

h) Click Commit from the floating Clinical Toolbar and close the Clinical Desktop (click on the Windows “x”).

6) From the Task List workspace, verify the correct task is still highlighted and click on the Undelegate button. The task should disappear from the Task View and now be available for the referring provider to review.

7) The referring provider receives the appropriate task with the associated consult documentation. Follow these steps to review and sign the consult document:

a) The referring provider logs in.

Page 224: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 224 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

b) Go to the Chart menu and the Documents workspace.

c) Highlight the appropriate patient and review the consult documentation.

d) For a dictated (unstructured) document when the review is complete, click the Done button. The task will auto-clear from the task window.

e) For a Note (structured) when the review is complete, click the Sign button. Type in the appropriate password and verify the Sig. Type is set to Review. Click OK – the task will auto-clear from the task window.

Selecting a patient who has a dictated (unstructured) consult document will display the text in the right viewer pane. However, selecting a patient who has a note (structured) consult document will open the Note Output Template workspace.

8) If the consulting provider is not a user of Allscripts Enterprise EHR, a paper consult report will be received in the office. This report is typically received in the Medical Records department, but may be received as per protocol for your organization.

9) Best practice is to route the paper consult report to the clinical staff of the referring provider.

10) The clinical staff receives the paper consult report and updates the referral order status in Allscripts Enterprise EHR to “Complete.” Follow these steps to update the order status to Complete:

a) Clinical staff logs in.

b) Bring the correct patient into context.

c) Go to the Chart menu and the Clinical Desktop workspace.

d) Go to the Orders component.

e) Locate the desired referral order, right-click and select Complete from the context menu.

f) Click Commit.

11) Once the order status is updated, the clinical staff then routes the paper report to the referring provider for review, potential follow up, and sign-off.

12) The referring provider receives the paper consult report and reviews and initials per organizational protocols.

13) The paper consult report is then routed back to Medical Records to be scanned in Allscripts Enterprise EHR. Follow the (P2) Scanning Correspondence workflow for the Certified Workflow steps.

Page 225: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 225 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(R5) Results Communication Note: This workflow is specific to Allscripts Enterprise EHR 11.1.7.

This workflow provides detailed steps for handling the necessary communication to a patient regarding their results and completes the results verification process. These activities are worked using an enterprise task view that is assigned to the appropriate staff, such as Clinical Staff or other role responsible for communicating results to patients.

Figure 65 (R5) Results Communication

To review result communication tasks, follow these steps:

1) A results communication task is received. There are three tasks that are can be created by the system based on the various communication method(s) specified when verifying results. These task types are as follows:

▪ Call Patient with Results

▪ Mail Results to Patient

▪ Schedule Result F/Up

2) Clinical staff monitors their task list and sorts the list by patient. Providers can select up to three Patient Communication Methods when verifying patient results that generate tasks for staff to work. To monitor a task list and sort by patient, follow these steps:

a. From the Task List horizontal toolbar, select the appropriate View from the drop-down list that contains the necessary result-communication tasks to review (e.g. Results Communication).

Page 226: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 226 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

b. Click on the Patient column header to sort the table so that all the results tasks for a given patient are grouped together.

3) Clinical Staff selects a results communication task(s) & marks “In Progress”. To select a task and mark it in progress, Highlight the desired task, and click In Progress.

Allscripts recommends that where multiple individuals will be working off the same Task List to have users mark a task “In Progress” to indicate that the task is currently being worked or addressed.

4) Does the task or tasks require the patient to be called? There are two tasks where calling the patient is needed. These are as follows:

▪ Schedule Results F/Up

▪ Call Patient with Results

5) If yes, does a result follow-up appointment need to be scheduled for the patient?

6) If yes, the clinical staff reads the Schedule Results F/Up task comments for additional details from the provider before calling the patient. To review task comments, follow these steps:

a. With the task in context for the patient in context, review the Comments field (lower left) for any comments that were entered by the provider. The user can also double-click on the desired Schedule Result F/UP task to display the Task Details dialog.

7) Will the clinical staff be discussing the verified results during the call with the patient?

8) If yes, the clinical staff reads the Call Patient with Results task comments and reviews the Results Document for all necessary information from the provider before calling the patient. To review task comments and the Results Document, follow these steps:

a. Highlight the Call Patient with Results task and review the Comments field (lower left) for any comments that have been entered by the provider. The user can also click on the Details…button to view the comments within the Task Details dialog.

b. When finished, double-click on the task to open the Note Output to review any additional instructions left by the provider, as appropriate.

Page 227: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 227 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

c. Under the Message note section, review the information and instructions given to the Staff concerning the patient’s verified results.

It is important to understand what types of instructions a Clinical Staff may be asked to perform. For instance, will they be instructed to re-order tests or renew prescriptions on behalf of the provider? If that is true, the properties of the note should be considered as the newly add data may force an amendment to Results Document.

d. Under the Discussion/Summary note section, review what information and instructions were entered for the Patient concerning their verified results.

9) Clinical staff calls the patient to discuss their results and/or schedule a follow-up appointment as directed.

If the appointment for the follow-up is within the organization, the staff typically schedules the appointment within their Practice Management System.

10) If not directed to discuss the patient’s results, the clinical staff contacts the patient and schedules their results follow-up appointment.

11) Next, the clinical staff documents the necessary patient follow-up per protocol and completes the task(s). Some organizations may have their staff document all follow-up attempts (both successful and unsuccessful) when calling the patient. This follow-up information could be added as a Note Annotation on the Results Document, or entered within the details of the task.

a. To document with a Note Annotation, do the following:

i. From within the Note Output Viewer, right-click and select Annotate to expand the Annotate section (bottom of the form). The cursor appears in the New Annotation field.

ii. Enter the necessary follow-up information as directed per organization’s protocol.

iii. Click Ok when finished. The annotation will now appear under the Existing Annotation section along with the user’s name, date and time that it was entered.

Click Close on the Note Output to display the task list.

iv. With the task in context, click Done when finished to mark the task complete.

b. To document within the Task Details, follow these steps:

i. Click Close on the Note Output (if open) to display the task list.

ii. With the task in context, click the Details… button. The Task Details dialog displays.

iii. Enter text directly into the Comment field or use a text template, if appropriate.

1. If using a text template to enter comments, do the following:

2. Click the TT button. The Free Text dialog displays with the list of Task-Text Templates (if any).

Page 228: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 228 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

3. Select the appropriate text template from the list. Click on and/or enter the necessary information.

4. Click OK to close the Free Text dialog.

iv. When finished, click OK to close the Task Details dialog.

v. With the task in context, click Done when finished to mark the task complete.

12) Do the results need to be mailed to the patient?

13) If yes, will the clinical staff be utilizing the batch printing feature?

Allscripts recommends that users utilize the batch printing feature to eliminate clicks and help streamline the process of mailing results to patients. Therefore, administrators should add the Printing Tasks HTB to the menu structures of those user roles that will need to perform batch printing.

14) If yes, the clinical staff selects a series (one or more) of the Mail Results to Patient tasks and prints the necessary Results Outputs via the Printing Tasks horizontal toolbar. To print the Results Outputs for multiple Mail Results to Patient tasks via Printing Tasks horizontal toolbar, do the following:

a. Click on the Printing Tasks horizontal toolbar.

b. Select the appropriate View from the drop-down list that contains the necessary Mail Results to Patient tasks (e.g. Results Communication).

c. Check the “Select All” tasks checkbox in the first column to check all tasks on the selected view. Or check the desired tasks individually.

d. Click Print. The Print Dialog box displays.

e. Review the printer information and adjust options as appropriate.

Select the appropriate report template from the Document dropdown list, if needed.

Click OK when finished. The system prints the documents that were selected to the designated printer and completes the Mail Results To tasks.

Administrators can also setup auto-print defaults to avoid having the print dialog box appear (saving even more clicks).

15) If no, the clinical staff prints the necessary Results Output for a single Mail Results to Patient task via the Task List. To print the Results Output for a Mail Results to patient task via the Task List, following these steps:

a. Double-click on the desired Mail Results to Patient task. The Print Dialog box displays.

b. Review the printer information and adjust options as appropriate.

c. Select the appropriate report template from the Document dropdown list, if needed.

Page 229: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 229 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

d. Click OK to print. The system prints the document to the designated printer and completes the Mail Results To task.

16) Clinical staff mails results to the patients as directed per the organization’s protocol.

Page 230: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 230 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(S) Inpatient Introduction In addition to managing daily charges generated from ambulatory patient visits, many organizations must consider submitting charges for inpatient hospital encounters and other off-site locations. These types of visit charges may be entered in Allscripts Enterprise EHR to be sent to the practice management billing system.

Historically, it is common for organizations and providers to be faced with many challenges with the existing paper process, including paper-based rounding lists, lack of a standardized charge fee ticket across multiple hospitals or none at all and, the inability of most providers to submit their charges immediately as they are required to wait until the next time they return to their ambulatory clinic before submitting charges generated at the hospital. This can result in lost charges or delays in submitting the charges for reimbursement.

The benefits of utilizing an electronic health record system can also extend to capturing inpatient charges. These include:

▪ Receive medical necessity checking for charges. ▪ Receive CCI (Correct Coding Initiative) checking for charges. ▪ Provide remote access to electronic rounding “service” lists. ▪ Ability to create inpatient service lists at a personal, organizational, or enterprise level. ▪ Manage service lists manually or via an interface to the hospital ADT system (requires

that Registration/consulting physician data is shared between the hospital and the physicians’ office).

▪ Submit inpatient charges immediately if electronically connected at each rounding hospital.

▪ Flexibility to submit inpatient charges on an iPAQ or other hand-held device that the provider can use in either a network “connected” or “non-connected” mode.

▪ Ability to submit charges for a new hospital patient who has never been seen previously in the ambulatory setting by adding a “local” patient registration.

▪ Ability for the provider to “copy” previous encounter charges forward for easy charging on multiple, similar encounters for the same patient.

▪ Ability for coders to review inpatient charges before they are submitted to the practice management system.

▪ Increase lost revenue due to lost charges or delays in submitting inpatient charges.

The workflow contained in this section is as follows:

▪ Inpatient Charges—describes the steps for utilizing inpatient charge capture.

Page 231: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 231 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

Figure 65 (S) Inpatient

End

Submitting inpatient charges?S

No

S1Yes

Page 232: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 232 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(S1) Inpatient Charges This workflow lists the detailed steps to complete a charge encounter form for an inpatient/hospital or off-site encounter. The typical user for this process is the provider.

There are many build options when it comes to charges. This section covers the most common workflow for entering charges for a basic inpatient visit.

Figure 67 (S1) Inpatient Charges

To complete a charge encounter form for an inpatient/hospital or off-site encounter:

1) During the inpatient visit the provider determines that the encounter must be billed.

2) Does the patient exist on a Service List? Additional charge functionality, such as being able to copy an existing encounter, is available if the charge is created from a patient selected from a Service List.

3) If yes, locate the desired patient: If the provider is using the iPaq, follow these steps:

a) Tap the View drop-down list and select the appropriate Service List.

b) Search for the patient.

c) Tap on the patient’s name.

d) Tap on Charge, if necessary (if Charge is the only module installed on the iPaq, this step is not necessary).

e) A list of existing encounter forms may or may not present to the user.

If the provider is using the Web, follow these steps:

f) Provider logs in.

g) From the Chart menu, select the Patient Lists menu.

h) From the List drop-down field, select the appropriate service list.

Page 233: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 233 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

i) Locate (or search for) the patient.

j) Double-click to select the desired patient.

k) The Encounter Selector screen displays.

To obtain the inpatient Encounter Selector screen when selecting patients from Service and Patient Lists, the double-click navigation user preference (under Personalize) on the Patient Lists screen must be set to “MD Charges.”

4) Will the provider utilize the copy encounter feature for an existing encounter? If no, proceed to step 3 of the Charge Ambulatory Basic workflow (J1).

If the providers will perform rounds at multiple locations, and cover for each other, Best Practice is to create service lists named after the locations of the off-site buildings (for example, Nursing Home Name) and add the specialty if multiple-specialists are to perform rounds in one building (for example, Hospital Name Pediatrics).

5) The provider copies an existing encounter form. Often, visits to the patient in the hospital will have the same diagnosis and charges for each visit. Using the copy feature enables the provider to post repetitive charges across different encounters easily. Follow these steps to copy an existing encounter:

If the provider is using the iPaq, follow these steps:

a) Tap and hold on the encounter you want to copy from.

b) Select Copy encounter.

c) Select a date.

If the provider is using the Web, follow these steps:

d) From the Encounter Selector screen, highlight the Existing Encounter to copy from.

e) From the Copy Encounter to section, select a date to copy to.

f) Click the Copy Encounter button.

g) Click OK.

Only patients selected from a Service List have encounters available that can utilize the copy encounter feature.

6) The provider validates the encounter form: If the provider is using the iPaq, follow these steps:

a) On the Encounter Form menu, verify all data elements listed:

i) Diagnosis

ii) Visit charge

(1) Diagnosis linking

Page 234: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 234 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

(2) Modifier(s), if necessary

vi. Procedure Charges

5. Diagnosis linking

6. Modifier(s), if necessary

b) On the Billing tab, verify all data elements listed:

i) Billing Provider

ii) Performing Provider

iii) Referring Provider (if necessary)

iv) Division (if necessary)

v) Billing Area (if necessary)

vi) Location

If the provider is using the Web, follow these steps:

c) From the Encounter Form workspace, verify appropriate data elements:

i) Billing Provider

ii) Performing Provider

iii) Referring Provider (if necessary)

iv) Division (if necessary)

v) Billing Area (if necessary)

vi) Location

vii) Diagnoses

viii) Visit charge

(1) Diagnoses linking

(2) Modifier(s), if necessary

ix) Procedure Charges

(1) Diagnosis linking

(2) Modifier(s), if necessary

7) The provider submits the encounter form by clicking on the Submit button.

8) If the patient does not exist on a Service List, does the provider have online access? If the provider is off-line (for example, not connected to the network), then go to Step 11.

9) Does the patient exist (for example, registered to the organization?) in Allscripts Enterprise EHR? If the provider sees the patient for the first time as an inpatient hospital visit, the patient may not exist yet in the Practice Management System.

10) If yes, the patient does exist in Allscripts Enterprise EHR, locate the desired patient by following these steps: If the provider is using the iPaq, follow these steps:

a) Tap New at the bottom of the screen.

Page 235: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 235 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

b) Enter a partial patient name (last name, first name).

c) Select the desired patient.

d) Enter the required and optional field details.

If the provider is using the Web, follow these steps:

e) From the Chart menu, select the Patient Lists menu.

f) Select the appropriate Service List the patient should be added to.

g) Click on the Add Pt (Patient) button.

h) From the Select Patient screen, search and locate the desired patient.

i) Click OK.

j) From the Visit Selector screen, select the appropriate Existing Visits or a New Visit.

k) Verify the appropriate Hospital and Visit Type are selected.

l) Verify the appropriate Admit Date is selected.

m) Click OK.

n) From the Visit Details screen and Admission tab, fill in the appropriate required and optional fields.

i) Required fields are typically Hospital, Visit Type and Visit Status.

ii) Optional fields can include Referring Prov, Consulting Prov, Hospital MRN, Unit/Room, Discharge Date, Admitting Date, Admitting Prov, Current Attending, and Covering Attending.

o) From the Visit Details screen and Billing tab, fill in the desired optional information:

i) Visit Notes, Case Number, Authorization, and Study Number.

p) Click Apply & Close if adding a single patient or Apply & Add New if adding multiple patients.

q) The existing patient is added to the selected Service List and is ready to use to create charges.

11) If no, the patient does not exist in Allscripts Enterprise EHR, then a local patient must be added by the provider. This is the same as adding a patient “on the fly.” This enables the provider to enter the minimum required information regarding the patient for identification and associate the appropriate charges to submit to the Billing office for review and submission. If the provider is using the iPaq, follow these steps:

a) Tap New at the bottom of the screen.

b) Enter data in all required fields (such as first initial, last name and date of birth).

c) Tap Done.

d) Enter any required data in the fields on the Providers screen (such as Current Attending).

e) Tap on the Visit Details tab.

f) Enter the appropriate admission date.

g) Select the Hospital.

h) Enter Unit/Room number information.

Page 236: allscripts certified workflows

11/18/2009 236 Allscripts Enterprise EHR Certified Workflows

i) Tap Done.

If the provider is using the Web, follow these steps:

j) From the Chart menu, select the Patient Lists menu.

k) Select the appropriate Service List the patient should be added to.

l) Click on the Add Pt (Patient) button.

m) Search to validate the patient does not exist in Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

n) From the Select Patient screen, click Add Local Pt (Patient).

o) From the Local Patient screen, enter the required and optional data (such as first initial, last name, date of birth, and so on).

p) From the Add Patient screen, enter the required and optional data as needed (such as referring provider name, hospital, visit type, admit date, and so on).

q) Click Apply & Close.

r) The patient is added to the Service List selected.

Any “local pt” added to a Service List will be displayed in italics.

s) Double-click the patient to begin the process of entering the desired charges. Proceed to step 3 of the (J1) Basic Ambulatory Charges workflow to finish the workflow steps.

12) For any “local” patient added, the system will generate a “Pt Merge-Enc” task.

a) The purpose of a Pt Merge-Enc task is to notify staff that charges entered to a local patient must be reconciled to a “true” patient in Allscripts Enterprise EHR prior to the charges being submitted to the Practice Management System.

b) Task is automatically assigned to the Local Pt Merge Team, which is typically assigned to a staff role such as the front desk.

c) An Enterprise task view must be created and assigned to the appropriate staff to work these types of tasks.


Recommended